12.07.2015 Views

The language situation in Timor-Leste - Secretaria de Estado da ...

The language situation in Timor-Leste - Secretaria de Estado da ...

The language situation in Timor-Leste - Secretaria de Estado da ...

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS
  • No tags were found...

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

This article was downloa<strong>de</strong>d by: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry]On: 3 June 2009Access <strong>de</strong>tails: Access Details: [subscription number 911909533]Publisher RoutledgeInforma Ltd Registered <strong>in</strong> England and Wales Registered Number: 1072954 Registered office: Mortimer House,37-41 Mortimer Street, London W1T 3JH, UKCurrent Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>gPublication <strong>de</strong>tails, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>structions for authors and subscription <strong>in</strong>formation:http://www.<strong>in</strong>formaworld.com/smpp/title~content=t794297782<strong>The</strong> <strong>language</strong> <strong>situation</strong> <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>Kerry Taylor-Leech aaDivision of L<strong>in</strong>guistics, Macquarie University, Sydney, New South Wales, AustraliaOnl<strong>in</strong>e Publication Date: 01 February 2009To cite this Article Taylor-Leech, Kerry(2009)'<strong>The</strong> <strong>language</strong> <strong>situation</strong> <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>',Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g,10:1,1 — 68To l<strong>in</strong>k to this Article: DOI: 10.1080/14664200802339840URL: http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/14664200802339840PLEASE SCROLL DOWN FOR ARTICLEFull terms and conditions of use: http://www.<strong>in</strong>formaworld.com/terms-and-conditions-of-access.pdfThis article may be used for research, teach<strong>in</strong>g and private study purposes. Any substantial orsystematic reproduction, re-distribution, re-sell<strong>in</strong>g, loan or sub-licens<strong>in</strong>g, systematic supply ordistribution <strong>in</strong> any form to anyone is expressly forbid<strong>de</strong>n.<strong>The</strong> publisher does not give any warranty express or implied or make any representation that the contentswill be complete or accurate or up to <strong>da</strong>te. <strong>The</strong> accuracy of any <strong>in</strong>structions, formulae and drug dosesshould be <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>ntly verified with primary sources. <strong>The</strong> publisher shall not be liable for any loss,actions, claims, proceed<strong>in</strong>gs, <strong>de</strong>mand or costs or <strong>da</strong>mages whatsoever or howsoever caused aris<strong>in</strong>g directlyor <strong>in</strong>directly <strong>in</strong> connection with or aris<strong>in</strong>g out of the use of this material.


2 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009to Bourdieu (1991), whose theories provi<strong>de</strong> <strong>in</strong>sights <strong>in</strong>to the relationship between <strong>language</strong>policy, <strong>language</strong> use and power. Bourdieu’s notions of habitus and symbolic violencei<strong>de</strong>ntify the relations of power <strong>in</strong> the formation of <strong>language</strong> dispositions and the constructionof i<strong>de</strong>ntity. Follow<strong>in</strong>g Freeland and Patrick (2004, p. 12), I <strong>de</strong>f<strong>in</strong>e habitus as a set ofembodied dispositions <strong>in</strong>culcated through socialisation <strong>in</strong>to particular groups andmilieus. Although these dispositions do not <strong>de</strong>term<strong>in</strong>e behaviour, they predispose peopleto respond <strong>in</strong> certa<strong>in</strong> ways to familiar and unfamiliar <strong>situation</strong>s. <strong>The</strong> term l<strong>in</strong>guistichabitus embraces one important set of dispositions; as Freeland and Patrick (p. 12) po<strong>in</strong>tout, the term encompasses not only <strong>language</strong> structure but also the pragmatics of l<strong>in</strong>guistic<strong>in</strong>teraction. I use the Bourdieurian notion of symbolic violence to account for the k<strong>in</strong>ds ofsymbolic and i<strong>de</strong>ological dom<strong>in</strong>ation used to legitimise and re<strong>in</strong>force the prevail<strong>in</strong>g socialand l<strong>in</strong>guistic or<strong>de</strong>r. Sometimes accompany<strong>in</strong>g overt forms of violence, symbolic violencesusta<strong>in</strong>s dom<strong>in</strong>ation by both <strong>in</strong>stitutional and <strong>in</strong>terpersonal means (Thompson, 1991, p. 24).While Bourdieu’s theories focus strongly on forms of state power, the concept of corecultural value (Smolicz, 1991) helps to expla<strong>in</strong> why <strong>in</strong>dividuals and groups attach differentvalues to the <strong>language</strong>s with which they come <strong>in</strong>to contact. <strong>The</strong> notion of core value isbased on the assumption that social groups subscribe to sets of cultural values consi<strong>de</strong>re<strong>de</strong>ssential to their existence. Where <strong>language</strong> has acquired the status of a core cultural value,it is elevated to a symbol of the survival of the group and the preservation of its heritage(Smolicz, 1991, p. 76). I have also ma<strong>de</strong> use of Cooper’s (1989) account<strong>in</strong>g scheme,Skutnabb-Kangas’ (2000) l<strong>in</strong>guistic human rights framework and Ruiz’ (1995) <strong>language</strong>policy orientations, <strong>in</strong> or<strong>de</strong>r to analyse the i<strong>de</strong>ological ten<strong>de</strong>ncies <strong>in</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>ese <strong>language</strong>policy <strong>de</strong>velopment. Each of these three frameworks is expla<strong>in</strong>ed at the po<strong>in</strong>t where it isdiscussed <strong>in</strong> this article.In this monograph, I draw on <strong>in</strong>formation from government bodies and aca<strong>de</strong>micresearch, aid agencies and non-government organisations (NGOs), journalistic accountsand my own aca<strong>de</strong>mic research (Taylor-Leech, 2007). I have divi<strong>de</strong>d this monograph<strong>in</strong>to five parts. Part I provi<strong>de</strong>s some social and economic background <strong>in</strong>formation aboutthe polity. Part I also discusses migration, communication and the media <strong>in</strong> relation to<strong>language</strong> policy and practice. Part II presents a <strong>language</strong> profile of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> supportedby figures <strong>de</strong>rived and computed from the Population and Hous<strong>in</strong>g Census conducted bythe East <strong>Timor</strong>ese government <strong>in</strong> collaboration with the United Nations Population Fund<strong>in</strong> 2004. Part III discusses the legacies of colonial and post-colonial policy, plann<strong>in</strong>g andpractice with regard to <strong>language</strong> use and literacy. This diachronic account highlights thesocial, political and cultural variables that have comb<strong>in</strong>ed and <strong>in</strong>teracted to shape thehabitus (Bourdieu, 1991). I aim to show how <strong>language</strong> i<strong>de</strong>ologies have not just <strong>de</strong>term<strong>in</strong>ed<strong>language</strong> use but have also played a key role <strong>in</strong> form<strong>in</strong>g national and social i<strong>de</strong>ntity.Part IV presents a discussion and analysis of contemporary <strong>language</strong> policy <strong>de</strong>velopment.Part V conclu<strong>de</strong>s this monograph by speculat<strong>in</strong>g on the prospects for <strong>language</strong> ma<strong>in</strong>tenance<strong>in</strong> light of the present <strong>language</strong> policy trajectory.Part I: social and economic profile of the polityLocated on the easternmost tip of the Archipelago of the Lesser Sun<strong>da</strong> Islands (Figure 1),with a land mass of approximately 14,900 km 2 (Census Atlas, 2006, p. 16), the territory of<strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> comprises the eastern half of the island of <strong>Timor</strong>; the Oecussi (Ambeno)exclave on the northwest portion of the island of <strong>Timor</strong> and the islands of Ataúro to thenorth and Jaco to the east (Figure 2). <strong>The</strong> country is a former Portuguese colony; itshares a bor<strong>de</strong>r with Indonesia and it is a close neighbour of Australia. <strong>The</strong> sociopolitical


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 3Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Figure 1. Map a<strong>da</strong>pted from CIA Factbook (https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-worldfactbook/).agen<strong>da</strong>s and l<strong>in</strong>guistic i<strong>de</strong>ologies of these three polities have shaped the course of mo<strong>de</strong>rnEast <strong>Timor</strong>ese history.Although <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> is often <strong>de</strong>scribed as a small country, it is relatively large <strong>in</strong> sizeand population compared with some of the smaller Southeast Asian and Pacific maritimenations. <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> has a greater land mass and population than Brunei, Vanuatu andSamoa, for example. However, it is t<strong>in</strong>y <strong>in</strong> comparison to its powerful former occupier,Indonesia (Table 1).Figure 2. Map of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g the exclave of Oecussi, the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese islands of Ataúroand Jaco and the Indonesian islands (pulau) of Roti, Semau, Flores, Pantar, Alor, Wetar and Kisar(United States Central Intelligence Agency, 2003). Map courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries,National University of Texas at Aust<strong>in</strong>.


4 K. Taylor-LeechTable 1. Comparisons of land area and population (CIA, 2008).Nation Land area (km 2 ) Population<strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> 14,919 1,108,777Samoa 2,944 217,083Brunei 5,770 381,371Vanuatu 12,200 215,446Indonesia 1,919,440 234,693,997Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Adm<strong>in</strong>istratively, the country has recently been divi<strong>de</strong>d <strong>in</strong>to 5 regions and 13 districts,65 subdistricts and 442 sucos (large settlements or clusters of villages). In 2004, the populationwas 923,198 (Direcção Nacional <strong>de</strong> Estatística, 2006, p. 9), and <strong>in</strong> 2008, it was estimatedto be 1,108,777 (CIA, 2008). <strong>The</strong> population is expand<strong>in</strong>g rapidly. Estimatedpopulation growth is 3.2% or 31,000 people per annum, an average of 85 persons a <strong>da</strong>y.If this annual growth cont<strong>in</strong>ues, the population will double <strong>in</strong> about 22 years (CensusAtlas, 2006, p. 29). <strong>The</strong> population is young, with an average age of 21. Accord<strong>in</strong>g tothe World Fact Book (CIA, 2007), just over 35% of East <strong>Timor</strong>ese people are un<strong>de</strong>r 14years; some 60% are aged between 15 and 64 and only about 3% are aged 65 and over.<strong>The</strong>re is also an <strong>in</strong>tergenerational and urban–rural divi<strong>de</strong> <strong>in</strong> terms of literacy, discussedlater <strong>in</strong> this paper. <strong>The</strong> effects of conflict, population displacement, starvation, terror andhuman rights abuse have cast long shadows <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Twenty-four percent ofwomen aged 50–54 and 30% of women aged 55–59 are widows (CIA, 2007).A few stark statistics from the 2004 Population Census <strong>in</strong>dicate the scale of the <strong>de</strong>velopmentchallenges fac<strong>in</strong>g this new and fragile <strong>de</strong>mocracy. Basic <strong>in</strong>come, health and literacy<strong>in</strong>dicators are among the lowest <strong>in</strong> Asia. <strong>The</strong> overall <strong>in</strong>fant mortality rate is 98 per 1000 livebirths (Census Atlas, 2006, p. 84). Average life expectancy at birth is 55.5 years (DirecçãoNacional <strong>de</strong> Estatística, 2006, p. 25). Literacy rates are extremely low. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to theCensus Atlas (2006, p. 72), 54.2% (at least 400,000 people over the age of 6) cannotread or write <strong>in</strong> any of the official or work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s. Some 45% of the populationaged 15 and ol<strong>de</strong>r survive on subsistence labour, whereas at least 42% live belowthe poverty l<strong>in</strong>e. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to the World Fact Book (CIA, 2007), the per capita GDP(PPP 1 US$) was estimated at $800 per annum. This puts <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> on a par withAfghanistan and Burundi and makes its population only marg<strong>in</strong>ally better off than thepopulations of Somalia, Malawi and the Solomon Islands. In such <strong>situation</strong>s, there areconflict<strong>in</strong>g social and economic priorities and complex <strong>de</strong>cisions to make about <strong>language</strong>and literacy plann<strong>in</strong>g for small ethnol<strong>in</strong>guistic communities most of which have nowritten tradition.Migration and population changeAs the authors of the Census Atlas (2006, p. 29) po<strong>in</strong>t out, population flux and movement <strong>in</strong>and out of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> have been <strong>in</strong>fluenced by the tragic events of the last three <strong>de</strong>ca<strong>de</strong>s.People tend to migrate <strong>in</strong> search of better economic opportunities and an improved stan<strong>da</strong>rdof liv<strong>in</strong>g but <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> migration has largely been the result of conflict, population displacementand forced relocation. <strong>The</strong> <strong>de</strong>mographic consequences of the Indonesian transmigrationpolicy have not been fully researched but one can assume that they hadsignificant sociol<strong>in</strong>guistic impact, as large numbers of Indonesian transmigrants moved<strong>in</strong>to East <strong>Timor</strong>ese speech communities <strong>in</strong> the 1980s. Conditions of war and <strong>in</strong>tense repressionled to an exodus of refugees and political exiles to places as far flung as Portugal,


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 5Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Mozambique, Angola, Cape Ver<strong>de</strong>, Australia, the USA, the UK and Ireland. Many East<strong>Timor</strong>ese have also spent time liv<strong>in</strong>g and study<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> Indonesia. S<strong>in</strong>ce <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>ncemore East <strong>Timor</strong>ese have gone to study abroad <strong>in</strong> Portugal, Australia, the USA andmore recently, Cuba. In do<strong>in</strong>g so, they have acquired <strong>in</strong>ternational <strong>language</strong>s and transnationali<strong>de</strong>ntities. Beneath these globalised i<strong>de</strong>ntities, traditional values and ethnol<strong>in</strong>guisticties rema<strong>in</strong> strong, ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong>ed through attachments to fetsa humane (exten<strong>de</strong>d families)and uma fukun (ancestral homelands).<strong>The</strong> phenomenon of urban drift is particularly apparent <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Hav<strong>in</strong>g shownno change between 1990 and 2001, the population of Dili, the capital city, shot up by12.58% a year between 2001 and 2004. Migration patterns show that ol<strong>de</strong>r people areleft beh<strong>in</strong>d <strong>in</strong> the country as younger people seek employment <strong>in</strong> the city (Census Atlas,2006, p. 44). Urban drift has put pressure on <strong>in</strong>frastructure, goods and services and hascreated a large pool of young, urban unemployed. This <strong>situation</strong> explo<strong>de</strong>d with the outbreakof the political ‘crize’ (crisis) of 2006–2007 – violent political and civil unrest lead<strong>in</strong>g tohuge numbers of <strong>in</strong>ternally displaced persons (IDPs). As of September 2007, at least100,000 IDPs rema<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> camps <strong>in</strong> and around Dili because their homes were <strong>da</strong>magedor <strong>de</strong>stroyed or because they were afraid to return. Another 70,000 or so rema<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> theoutly<strong>in</strong>g districts (Internal Displacement Monitor<strong>in</strong>g Centre, 2007).<strong>The</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>ese economy<strong>The</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>ese economy shows all the signs of the un<strong>de</strong>r<strong>de</strong>velopment that occurs when atraditionally rural economy is geared to the <strong>in</strong>terests of the colonial metropolis (see Part III).To add to this legacy, <strong>in</strong> the upheaval that followed the referendum of 1999 most homes,water supply systems, schools and virtually the whole electrical grid were <strong>de</strong>stroyed.Subsistence farm<strong>in</strong>g still dom<strong>in</strong>ates agriculture (the ma<strong>in</strong> food crops are rice, cassava andmaize). As the authors of the Census Atlas (2006, p. 48) po<strong>in</strong>t out, this is the s<strong>in</strong>gle mostimportant feature of the economy and has major implications for <strong>de</strong>velopment plans andpolicies. Insufficient food production and an un<strong>de</strong>r<strong>de</strong>veloped local market have led to<strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce on imports and key exports such as coffee (the ma<strong>in</strong> cash crop) and san<strong>da</strong>lwoodhave suffered from generations of un<strong>de</strong>r<strong>in</strong>vestment and mismanagement. <strong>The</strong> production ofcommodities such as vanilla, candlenut and palm oil await <strong>in</strong>tensive, long-term <strong>in</strong>vestmentand ecotourism is a potential growth <strong>in</strong>dustry. <strong>The</strong> official currency is presently the US$,which displaced the Indonesian rupiah and the Australian dollar. <strong>The</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>esecentavo is also used alongsi<strong>de</strong> US$ notes and co<strong>in</strong>s. <strong>The</strong> currently <strong>de</strong>preciat<strong>in</strong>g US$ andris<strong>in</strong>g oil prices are tak<strong>in</strong>g a toll on efforts to rebuild the economy. Although by the fiscalyear 2004–05 economic growth <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> had improved and there was somemeasure of economic stability, by mid-2006 economic activity <strong>in</strong> Dili had come to avirtual standstill while consumer prices had <strong>in</strong>creased by about 13% (World Bank, 2007,p. 2). <strong>The</strong> World Bank (p. 2) estimates that <strong>in</strong> 2007, unemployment <strong>in</strong> Dili stood at 23%with youth unemployment at 40%, ris<strong>in</strong>g to 58% <strong>in</strong> the age bracket 15–19 years. Accord<strong>in</strong>gto the World Bank (p. 2), some 15,000 young people enter the labour market each year whileonly around 400 formal jobs per year are created. With such a large proportion of the populationun<strong>de</strong>r the age of 18, urban youth unemployment and the problems associated with itare likely to <strong>in</strong>crease unless vigorous economic growth can be promoted.At present, the majority of the population survives <strong>in</strong> a rural, subsistence economy with fewopportunities to access anyth<strong>in</strong>g beyond basic education and literacy. <strong>The</strong> majority (78%) ofthe active labour force works <strong>in</strong> agriculture, fish<strong>in</strong>g or forestry with the public sector a verydistant second, employ<strong>in</strong>g only 6% of the active workforce. This t<strong>in</strong>y m<strong>in</strong>ority is currently


6 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009obliged to use the co-official <strong>language</strong>s as the <strong>language</strong>s of public service. Less than 1% ofthe active work force is employed <strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>dustries such as m<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g, oil extraction, manufactur<strong>in</strong>g,construction and electricity (Census Atlas, 2006, p. 51). <strong>The</strong>re is also significant disparitybetween male and female employment patterns. Women are occupied predom<strong>in</strong>antly <strong>in</strong>home <strong>in</strong>dustries. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to the authors of the Census Atlas (2006, p. 48), 8000 womensaid they worked <strong>in</strong> home <strong>in</strong>dustries compared with 686 men who said they worked <strong>in</strong> thissector. N<strong>in</strong>e percent of men currently work <strong>in</strong> the public sector compared with 4.5% ofwomen. In the district of Dili, the UN and other donor agencies employ 14.3% of theactive labour force, whereas for the nation as a whole only 3.8% are employed <strong>in</strong> this sector(p. 51). Most aid agencies and NGOs predom<strong>in</strong>antly use English, as does the UN. I discussthe implications of this <strong>language</strong> distribution issue later <strong>in</strong> the monograph.<strong>The</strong> most important <strong>de</strong>term<strong>in</strong>ant of the country’s economic future is likely to lie <strong>in</strong> theway it manages the substantial revenues that are predicted to <strong>de</strong>rive from oil and gas. In2005, the National Parliament approved the establishment of a Petroleum Fund <strong>in</strong> or<strong>de</strong>rto manage petroleum revenue. While this action gives good cause for optimism, the effectiveutilisation of gas and oil resources will require major <strong>de</strong>velopment of the country’shuman and <strong>in</strong>stitutional <strong>in</strong>frastructure. <strong>The</strong> <strong>de</strong>velopment of literacy <strong>in</strong> the <strong>language</strong>s ofwi<strong>de</strong>r communication will be essential for improved productivity and economic growth.In the not-so-distant future <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> will f<strong>in</strong>d itself <strong>in</strong> the position of hav<strong>in</strong>g to avoidthe ‘resource curse’, a term that <strong>de</strong>scribes the <strong>in</strong>ability of resource-rich countries toconvert wealth <strong>in</strong>to susta<strong>in</strong>able <strong>de</strong>velopment (Auty, 1993; Drys<strong>da</strong>le, 2007). <strong>The</strong> countrywill also have to manage the socioeconomic consequences of <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g contact withthe outsi<strong>de</strong> world. For this <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g contact, it will need to draw on one of its richestresources – the multil<strong>in</strong>gualism of its people.Communications and <strong>language</strong> practices <strong>in</strong> the mediaFor the moment, <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> is still struggl<strong>in</strong>g with the effects of severe un<strong>de</strong>r<strong>de</strong>velopmentand conflict on its communications <strong>in</strong>frastructure. <strong>The</strong> telecommunications system was<strong>de</strong>stroyed <strong>in</strong> 1999 along with most of the country’s other <strong>in</strong>frastructure. While the cell ormobile telephone is wi<strong>de</strong>ly used <strong>in</strong> the capital city and with<strong>in</strong> about 2 km of district capitals,calls are expensive and coverage is patchy and unreliable. In the rural areas, at least 32%of the population and around 480 villages have never had effective telephone communications(Taylor, 2005, p. 136). Internet access is also expensive with limited availabilityoutsi<strong>de</strong> Dili. A National Media Survey (NMS) 2 fun<strong>de</strong>d by US AID and conducted bythe Hiron<strong>de</strong>lle Foun<strong>da</strong>tion found that as few as 1 <strong>in</strong> 10 respon<strong>de</strong>nts owned a mobiletelephone and 1 <strong>in</strong> a 100 had a computer at home while only half of these had Internetaccess (Mytton & Soares, 2007, p. 2). Moreover, <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> is one of the few countries<strong>in</strong> the world that does not have a domestic postal service. As Taylor states, the lack of communicationscontributes to ‘an appall<strong>in</strong>g neonatal <strong>de</strong>ath rate, a chronic lack of educationfacilities, difficulties with governance, isolation of communities and poor prospects foreconomic <strong>de</strong>velopment’ (2005, p. 136). Ina<strong>de</strong>quate transport <strong>in</strong>frastructure and poor communicationsmean that communities are isolated and travel is difficult and time-consum<strong>in</strong>g.Poor communications also slow down <strong>language</strong> spread. While this limitation on <strong>language</strong>spread might be a good th<strong>in</strong>g as far as ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g endogenous <strong>language</strong>s and susta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>glocal traditional culture are concerned, <strong>in</strong>a<strong>de</strong>quate communications also impe<strong>de</strong> thespread of stan<strong>da</strong>rd official <strong>language</strong>s and literacy. <strong>The</strong> lack of contact between local communitiesand the outsi<strong>de</strong> world and the <strong>in</strong>ability to communicate effectively <strong>in</strong> the <strong>language</strong>s ofwi<strong>de</strong>r communication place communities at a disadvantage <strong>in</strong> a number of ways, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 7their ability to access good health care and economic opportunities (Grenoble & Whaley,2006, pp. 102–103). Radio, television and newspapers play a critical role <strong>in</strong> keep<strong>in</strong>gcommunities <strong>in</strong> touch, <strong>in</strong> enact<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong> reform, <strong>in</strong> promot<strong>in</strong>g stan<strong>da</strong>rdisation and <strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>fluenc<strong>in</strong>g public op<strong>in</strong>ion. <strong>The</strong> follow<strong>in</strong>g sections discuss the <strong>language</strong> practices <strong>in</strong> themedia draw<strong>in</strong>g attention to the way <strong>in</strong> which these practices not only mediate <strong>language</strong>policy but also reflect <strong>language</strong> attitu<strong>de</strong>s and use.Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009RadioWith poor communications <strong>in</strong>frastructure and low levels of pr<strong>in</strong>t literacy, the East <strong>Timor</strong>eserely on a comb<strong>in</strong>ation of radio and <strong>in</strong>terpersonal communication for their news. Far morepeople have access to radio than they have to television, mobile phones and the Internet.<strong>The</strong> state-owned Radio Televizaun <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> (Radio Television <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>) broadcasts<strong>in</strong> Tetum, Portuguese and Indonesian with retransmissions from Portugal, Radio Australiaand the BBC World Service. Radio <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> (RTL) was the primary media source of<strong>in</strong>formation about the political crisis of 2006. <strong>The</strong> NMS confirms that radio is the mostimportant source of <strong>in</strong>formation <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Almost half the respon<strong>de</strong>nts <strong>in</strong> thesurvey had a radio at home, two-thirds of which were powered by batteries. Radioreaches about 146,000 people <strong>da</strong>ily and about 243,000 people weekly (Mytton & Soares,2007, p. 16). RTL was the s<strong>in</strong>gle-most relied upon source of <strong>in</strong>formation for the respon<strong>de</strong>nts<strong>in</strong> the survey. <strong>The</strong> Catholic radio station, Radio <strong>Timor</strong> Kmanek, had the second greatestnumber of listeners, although at present it broadcasts mostly music due to lack offund<strong>in</strong>g to pay presenters.In its <strong>in</strong>vestigation of radio listen<strong>in</strong>g habits, the NMS produced useful and importantf<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>gs about public <strong>language</strong> preferences. In the process, it also revealed some <strong>in</strong>terest<strong>in</strong>g<strong>in</strong>formation about <strong>language</strong> practices. <strong>The</strong> NMS found that radio listen<strong>in</strong>g appears to be acommunal rather than a solitary activity <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. People listen to the radio <strong>in</strong>public places such as hotels, markets, at work, <strong>in</strong> the IDP camps or at friends’ and neighbours’homes. This practice would <strong>in</strong>dicate that the radio is a rich forum for community<strong>in</strong>formation, education and <strong>de</strong>bate. An important f<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g was that nearly everyone <strong>in</strong> thesurvey listened to Tetum programmes on the radio. Respon<strong>de</strong>nts were asked which <strong>language</strong>they listened to on radio and all <strong>language</strong>s mentioned were recor<strong>de</strong>d. <strong>The</strong> survey found that98% of respon<strong>de</strong>nts said they listened to Tetum broadcasts but a slight majority (63%)also listened to Indonesian broadcasts. Half the respon<strong>de</strong>nts (50.9%) said they listened toPortuguese broadcasts and a few (just over 13%) listened to broadcasts <strong>in</strong> English. Respon<strong>de</strong>ntswere also asked <strong>in</strong> what <strong>language</strong>s they preferred to listen and aga<strong>in</strong> all <strong>language</strong>smentioned were recor<strong>de</strong>d. <strong>The</strong> majority of respon<strong>de</strong>nts (92.3%) chose Tetum while amuch smaller number (28%) expressed a preference for Indonesian with a mere 9.2%preferr<strong>in</strong>g Portuguese (Mytton & Soares, 2007, p. 25). <strong>The</strong> most popular <strong>in</strong>ternationalradio stations were Radio Australia and the BBC, both broadcast<strong>in</strong>g mostly <strong>in</strong> English.Community radio has a strong presence <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. <strong>The</strong>re are six community radiostations <strong>in</strong> Dili and 13 district community radio stations which broadcast round the country <strong>in</strong>many of the national <strong>language</strong>s. <strong>The</strong>se stations rely on fund<strong>in</strong>g, tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g and equipment from<strong>in</strong>ternational agencies and lack of money has sometimes resulted <strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>terruption of services.Poor reception is also a problem for many listeners. Nonetheless, it seems that communityradio is popular with local communities; to give an illustrative example, two-thirds offamilies <strong>in</strong> Lautém are estimated to listen <strong>in</strong> to Labarik Nia Lian (Children’s Voices), alocal radio programme with a focus on children’s rights (UNICEF, 2005, p. 37) andsimilar programmes are planned for Maliana, Liquiçá, Oecussi, Aileu and Viqueque districts.


8 K. Taylor-LeechWith such a large proportion of the population below the age of 24, the voices of youthare extremely important. In November 2006, the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese Office for Promotion ofEquality (un<strong>de</strong>r the auspices of the Office of the Prime M<strong>in</strong>ister) <strong>in</strong> partnership with theUnited Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF) launched the Marta Communication Initiative(Accessed May 2, 2008, from http://www.unmiset.org/UNMISETWebSite.nsf). <strong>The</strong> characterof Marta was created <strong>in</strong> 2003 through a radio melodrama series Hakarak kaer ba fitun(I want to reach for the stars). Marta is based on Meena, the South Asian animation characterwho has become a role mo<strong>de</strong>l for promot<strong>in</strong>g the rights of girls across South Asia. In acountry where the media is starved of funds, this k<strong>in</strong>d of <strong>in</strong>itiative is important for attract<strong>in</strong>gresources and improv<strong>in</strong>g the quality of programm<strong>in</strong>g but a valuable by-product is the contributionsuch local programmes make to <strong>language</strong> revitalisation and mo<strong>de</strong>rnisation. Radiois clearly a powerful medium of <strong>language</strong> use, reach<strong>in</strong>g as far as it does <strong>in</strong>to local communities<strong>in</strong> <strong>language</strong>s they un<strong>de</strong>rstand. However, the same cannot be said of television and thepr<strong>in</strong>t media, which are restricted mostly to the capital city and urban areas.Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Television<strong>The</strong> NMS found that no more than one <strong>in</strong> five participants had a television at home (Mytton &Soares, 2007, p. 2). Televizaun <strong>Timor</strong> Lorosa’e (Television <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>) (or TVTL)appears to have large audiences only <strong>in</strong> Dili where 71% of survey respon<strong>de</strong>nts named itas a major source of <strong>in</strong>formation about current affairs (p. 13). In the remote districtsof Covalima, Lautém and Manufahi not one respon<strong>de</strong>nt named television as a source of<strong>in</strong>formation, cit<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>stead local radio stations and word of mouth as key sources of<strong>in</strong>formation (p. 14). TVTL broadcasts local programmes <strong>in</strong> Tetum and Portuguese aswell as retransmissions from Portugal, ABC Asia Pacific from Australia and BBC WorldService from the UK. <strong>The</strong> present television signal is conf<strong>in</strong>ed to Dili with only tapedbroadcasts be<strong>in</strong>g available <strong>in</strong> the second city of Baucau. <strong>The</strong> NMS found that only two<strong>in</strong> five respon<strong>de</strong>nts ever watched television. No more than 45% watched television athome and the rest watched it at friends’ or neighbours’ homes or through various meansof communal view<strong>in</strong>g – at least 103,000 people managed to watch at least some of theWorld Cup Football coverage by such means (p. 30). <strong>The</strong> respon<strong>de</strong>nts who watched televisionwere also asked which <strong>language</strong>s they preferred to hear on television. All <strong>language</strong>smentioned by respon<strong>de</strong>nts were recor<strong>de</strong>d. Seventy-four percent of this small group saidthey most preferred to hear Tetum on television; just over 40% said they preferred tohear Indonesian; only 15.5% expressed a preference for Portuguese and a t<strong>in</strong>y 7.4%stated a preference for English. When asked which <strong>language</strong> they would prefer if therewere only one <strong>language</strong> available on TV, 75% of television viewers said they wouldprefer Tetum while only 19.2% said they would prefer Indonesian; a mere 3.7% expresse<strong>da</strong> preference for Portuguese and as few as 0.4% stated a preference for English (p. 42). <strong>The</strong>most popular programmes among the television viewers were the news programme, Telejornáland a light enterta<strong>in</strong>ment programme, Palku Muzikál. Although many viewerswatch Indonesian television programmes broadcast via satellite, the rate of televisionview<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> general is low and is restricted ma<strong>in</strong>ly to the affluent. <strong>The</strong> globalis<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>fluencesof radio and television are still very new to <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>.NewspapersAt present, there are two weekly newspapers and four <strong>da</strong>ilies. Tempo Semanal (WeeklyTimes) and Journal Nacional Semanário (National Weekly Journal) are both publishedweekly. Journal Nacional Diário (National Daily Journal), <strong>Timor</strong> Pos (<strong>Timor</strong> Post),


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 9Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Diário Tempo (Daily Times) and Suara <strong>Timor</strong> Lorosa’e (Voice of East <strong>Timor</strong>) are published<strong>da</strong>ily. <strong>The</strong> pioneer<strong>in</strong>g bil<strong>in</strong>gual Tetum-Portuguese newspaper Lia Foun (New Words), whichran a weekly Portuguese-Tetum course, was forced to cease publication due to lack offund<strong>in</strong>g hav<strong>in</strong>g run for less than a year. Newspapers are sold at US$0.50 a copy. In acountry where the average <strong>da</strong>ily wage is US$3, it is not surpris<strong>in</strong>g that circulation is low.Suara <strong>Timor</strong> Lorosa’e has the wi<strong>de</strong>st circulation at around 2000. <strong>Timor</strong> Pos has a circulationof approximately 1000. Tempo Semanal and Diário Tempo are new publications eachwith circulations of around 500.<strong>The</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>ese press currently faces the challenge of provid<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>formation to apublic with an endur<strong>in</strong>g oral tradition as opposed to a much more recent literary one.Journalists have shown little enthusiasm for learn<strong>in</strong>g Portuguese and they have alsoshown some resistance to the official stan<strong>da</strong>rd orthography of Tetum, available s<strong>in</strong>ce 2004(see Part IV). Steele, who favours Indonesian as an official <strong>language</strong>, claims that journalistshave been marg<strong>in</strong>alised by <strong>language</strong> policy (Steele, 2006; Steele & MacDonald, 2007). <strong>The</strong>fact that the majority of journalists were educated and tra<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> what are commonly referredto as ‘Indonesian times’ (1999–75) cannot fail to have <strong>in</strong>fluenced their <strong>language</strong> preferences,as the follow<strong>in</strong>g paragraphs show but other sociol<strong>in</strong>guistic variables are also at play.<strong>The</strong>re is a complex blend of compet<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong> i<strong>de</strong>ologies and <strong>language</strong> attitu<strong>de</strong>s beh<strong>in</strong>djournalistic resistance to top-down <strong>language</strong> plann<strong>in</strong>g. This complexity can be seen <strong>in</strong> the<strong>language</strong> practices of journalists, <strong>in</strong>fluenced by a comb<strong>in</strong>ation of their target rea<strong>de</strong>rshipand their political orientations and sympathies. Tempo Semanal uses Tetum, English andIndonesian out of a <strong>de</strong>sire to reach as wi<strong>de</strong> a rea<strong>de</strong>rship as possible, especially <strong>in</strong> the ruraldistricts where circulation is extremely low. <strong>The</strong> paper also has close sympathies withveterans of the former resistance army, Forças Arma<strong>da</strong>s para a Libertação do <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>(Armed Forces for the National Liberation of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>) known as FALINTIL(Cheetham, 2005). Journal Nacional Semanário is a Portuguese <strong>language</strong> newspaper,which also uses some Tetum. <strong>The</strong> newspaper collaborates with and receives fund<strong>in</strong>g fromthe Portuguese Instituto Camões (Camões Institute). <strong>The</strong> Camões Institute is the pr<strong>in</strong>cipalagency for the promotion of Portuguese <strong>language</strong>, literature and culture <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>.Prom<strong>in</strong>ent contributors listed on the Journal Nacional Semanário website <strong>in</strong>clu<strong>de</strong> wellknownEast <strong>Timor</strong>ese writer Ângela Carrascalão, former Prime M<strong>in</strong>ister Mari Alkatiri,Bishop D. Ximenes Belo and Presi<strong>de</strong>nt José Ramos Horta (Accessed December 17, 2007,from www.semanario.tp). <strong>Timor</strong> Pos publishes <strong>in</strong> Tetum and Indonesian. Suara <strong>Timor</strong>Lorosa’e (STL) once published <strong>in</strong> Indonesian but now publishes <strong>in</strong> all four state <strong>language</strong>s.<strong>The</strong>se <strong>language</strong> practices reflect the complex history of the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese press. Un<strong>de</strong>rboth the Portuguese and the Indonesians, it was subject to heavy censorship and surveillance.<strong>The</strong> Polícia International e <strong>de</strong> Defesa do <strong>Estado</strong> (International and State DefencePolice) – the Portugese secret police, also known as PIDE – was established <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> <strong>in</strong> 1959 <strong>in</strong> the aftermath of one of the most recent <strong>in</strong> a long tradition of local upris<strong>in</strong>gs(see Part III), known as the Viqueque rebellion. In the late 1960s, a Catholic newspapercalled Seara (Harvest) was published. As a Church publication, Seara was exempt fromnormal censorship laws. <strong>The</strong> paper published <strong>in</strong> Portuguese but it also ran a Tetum teach<strong>in</strong>gprogramme. Seara served as a lively forum for progressive i<strong>de</strong>as and published the writ<strong>in</strong>gs(<strong>in</strong> Portuguese) of some of the most renowned East <strong>Timor</strong>ese nationalist lea<strong>de</strong>rs. PIDEclosed the paper down <strong>in</strong> 1973 but by that time, like-m<strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>d nationalist activists werealready <strong>in</strong> close contact.<strong>The</strong> foremost group<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the nationalist movement, Frente Revolucionária do<strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> In<strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nte (Revolutionary Front of In<strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt East <strong>Timor</strong>) – known asFRETILIN – was foun<strong>de</strong>d <strong>in</strong> 1974. It published its own newspaper known as the


10 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009<strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> Journal do Povo Maubere (<strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> Journal of the Maubere people).Contributors to the newspaper expressed criticism of colonialism and soli<strong>da</strong>rity withAfrican <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce causes. Consistent with FRETILIN cultural policies (discussedfurther <strong>in</strong> Part III), the Journal do Povo Maubere published <strong>in</strong> Tetum and Portuguese.<strong>The</strong> newspaper published revolutionary nationalist poetry <strong>in</strong> Tetum and Portuguese aswell as a series of articles written <strong>in</strong> both <strong>language</strong>s discuss<strong>in</strong>g its methods for teach<strong>in</strong>gpeople how to read. FRETILIN <strong>in</strong>itiated a literacy campaign at the beg<strong>in</strong>n<strong>in</strong>g of 1975us<strong>in</strong>g a Tetum-<strong>language</strong> rea<strong>de</strong>r entitled Rai <strong>Timor</strong>, Rai Ita Nian (<strong>Timor</strong>, our Country),which broke words <strong>in</strong>to syllables and then placed them <strong>in</strong> different contexts of villagelife, together with associated words (Taylor, 1991, p. 34). <strong>The</strong> essence of the approachwas its reflection of the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese rural experience.<strong>The</strong> role of STL dur<strong>in</strong>g the Indonesian occupation has been the subject of somecontroversy. <strong>The</strong> newspaper’s pre<strong>de</strong>cessor, Suara <strong>Timor</strong> Timur (STT) was foun<strong>de</strong>d <strong>in</strong>1993. It was the first East <strong>Timor</strong>ese newspaper to be published s<strong>in</strong>ce the governmentcontrolledpublication of the late colonial years named A Voz <strong>de</strong> <strong>Timor</strong> (Voice of <strong>Timor</strong>), aweekly Portuguese-<strong>language</strong> newspaper, edited by José Ramos Horta, current Presi<strong>de</strong>nt ofthe Republic (Nichol, 2002). <strong>The</strong> content of STT was written entirely <strong>in</strong> Indonesian. <strong>The</strong>East <strong>Timor</strong>ese owner of STT was not only a member of the Indonesian legislative assemblybut he was also a supporter of <strong>in</strong>tegration and a member of the powerful Indonesian politicalorganisation, GOLKAR. 3 Steele argues that this fact has led scholars to overlook the contributionsto the resistance struggle of journalists who worked for the newspaper. She claims thatjournalists who worked at STT dur<strong>in</strong>g the occupation ‘practised a k<strong>in</strong>d of subterranean journalismthat presented subtle challenges to the government’s po<strong>in</strong>t of view’ (Steele, 2007,p. 262). Steele claims that the newspaper’s close connections with the Indonesian InformationDepartment and the Indonesian publish<strong>in</strong>g group Kompas-Gramedia were strategic and thatits content was typical of Indonesian press culture dur<strong>in</strong>g the Suharto years <strong>in</strong> that ‘the paperwas obliged to publish stories based on the statements of public officials and discouragedfrom report<strong>in</strong>g anyth<strong>in</strong>g that un<strong>de</strong>rm<strong>in</strong>ed this positive view’ (Steele, 2007, p. 266).However, although it is un<strong>de</strong>niable that there was <strong>in</strong>tense pressure on STT journalists <strong>in</strong> theform of surveillance, phone calls, <strong>de</strong>ath threats and acts of violence from the Indonesianmilitary, the pro-<strong>in</strong>tegrationist reputation of the paper still l<strong>in</strong>gers. Its history has not onlyclearly coloured its journalists’ attitu<strong>de</strong>s towards the official <strong>language</strong>s but also shows thecomplex role that <strong>language</strong> plays <strong>in</strong> the form<strong>in</strong>g of i<strong>de</strong>ntity. <strong>The</strong> offices of STT were<strong>de</strong>stroyed <strong>in</strong> the violence of 1999. <strong>The</strong> paper began publish<strong>in</strong>g aga<strong>in</strong> un<strong>de</strong>r its new name(Suara <strong>Timor</strong> Lorosa’e) <strong>in</strong> 2000, at the request of the former resistance lea<strong>de</strong>r, Kay Rala,Alexandre (Xanana) Gusmão (Steele, 2007, p. 276), current Prime M<strong>in</strong>ister of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>.Tensions between the press and the government have often arisen over journalistic<strong>language</strong> practices; one particular <strong>in</strong>ci<strong>de</strong>nt provi<strong>de</strong>s an illustrative example. Food <strong>in</strong>securityis a recurrent problem <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. In 2005, STL ran a story about 53 tragic <strong>de</strong>athsresult<strong>in</strong>g from lack of food <strong>in</strong> the subdistrict of Hatubuiliko (Suara <strong>Timor</strong> Lorosa’e,2005). <strong>The</strong>n Prime M<strong>in</strong>ister Mari Alkatiri evicted STL from its government-ownedoffices over the use of an Indonesian word kelaparan (mean<strong>in</strong>g hunger, starvation orfam<strong>in</strong>e). <strong>The</strong> prime m<strong>in</strong>ister <strong>in</strong>terpreted the word to mean fam<strong>in</strong>e and stated that the STLstory was <strong>in</strong>accurate and <strong>de</strong>famatory. Not only does this confrontation emphasise theurgent need for a stan<strong>da</strong>rdised variety of Tetum <strong>in</strong> the pr<strong>in</strong>t media but it also shows thatthe issue of press freedom <strong>in</strong> this young <strong>de</strong>mocracy is still sensitive and unresolved.<strong>The</strong> controversy over <strong>language</strong> policy is further fuelled by the promotion of <strong>language</strong>i<strong>de</strong>ologies <strong>in</strong> the English and Indonesian press, which cont<strong>in</strong>ue regularly to attack East<strong>Timor</strong>ese official <strong>language</strong> choice (see Cohen, 2002; Funnell, 2002; Khalik, 2007; Schulz


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 11and Freitas, 2002; Sheri<strong>da</strong>n, 2006; Steele and MacDonald, 2007; <strong>The</strong> Australian, 2001, 2002,for only a few examples). Steele (2006) has criticised the use of Tetum <strong>in</strong> the press, claim<strong>in</strong>gthat ‘it would be a tragedy if the journalists who helped build a sense of East <strong>Timor</strong>ese i<strong>de</strong>ntitywere shut out by the <strong>language</strong> policy of the very nation they helped create’. Her claim is ironicgiven the circumstances <strong>in</strong> which most East <strong>Timor</strong>ese acquired Indonesian (discussed <strong>in</strong> PartIII). Such hostile discourses <strong>in</strong> the Australian and Indonesian press place tremendous pressureon the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese government. In discussions with the <strong>in</strong>ternational press concern<strong>in</strong>g hisplans for resolv<strong>in</strong>g the political crisis of 2006–2007, Presi<strong>de</strong>nt José Ramos Horta suggestedthat Tetum, Portuguese, Indonesian and English might be placed on an equal foot<strong>in</strong>g(Canberra Times, 2007; Mali, 2007). <strong>The</strong> presi<strong>de</strong>nt’s remark marks a significant shift fromprevious statements <strong>in</strong> which he has strongly supported Portuguese (Dodd, 2001). <strong>The</strong>relationship between the official and work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s is discussed <strong>in</strong> Part IV.Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Part II: the <strong>language</strong> profile of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>Historians consi<strong>de</strong>r <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> to be one of the gateways for the movement of populationsto Australia (Fox, 2003, p. 3). Austronesian and Trans-New Gu<strong>in</strong>ea or Papuan <strong>language</strong>speakers arrived on the island of <strong>Timor</strong> as a result of migration, tra<strong>de</strong> and settlement.Glover’s (1971) evi<strong>de</strong>nce <strong>in</strong>dicates the presence of a hunter-gatherer population on theisland <strong>da</strong>t<strong>in</strong>g from at least 11,500 BCE. First evi<strong>de</strong>nce of agricultural activity <strong>da</strong>tes to3000 BCE, <strong>da</strong>ta that are <strong>in</strong>terpreted as evi<strong>de</strong>nce of the arrival of early seafar<strong>in</strong>g Austronesianpopulations <strong>in</strong>to the region (Fox, 2003, p. 5). It is thought that the Austronesian<strong>language</strong>s of <strong>Timor</strong> are related to the <strong>language</strong>s of eastern Flores and the islands of southernMaluku. <strong>The</strong> Trans-New Gu<strong>in</strong>ea phylum <strong>language</strong>s appear to form a subgroup with the<strong>language</strong>s on the Indonesian islands of Alor, Pantar and Kisar (Figure 2), which <strong>in</strong> turnappear to be related to <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> the Birdhead (Vogelkop) pen<strong>in</strong>sula of West Papua.Hull (1998a, pp. 2–4) lists the Austronesian <strong>language</strong> varieties spoken <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> as:. Tetum and its varieties (Tetum-Praça, Tetum-Terik and Tetum-Belu),. Habun, Kawaim<strong>in</strong>a (Kairui, Waima’a, Midiki and Naueti),. Galoli,. Atauran and Dadua dialects (belong<strong>in</strong>g to the Wetarese <strong>language</strong>),. Lóvaia (or Makuva),. Mambae,. I<strong>da</strong>laka (I<strong>da</strong>té, Isni, Lole<strong>in</strong> and Lakalei). Kemak,. Toko<strong>de</strong><strong>de</strong>,. Bekais and. Baikenu.<strong>The</strong> non-Austronesian or Papuan <strong>language</strong> varieties are listed as Bunak, Makasae, Makaleroand Fataluku. In 2007, the last speaker of a Papuan <strong>language</strong> related to Fataluku,known as Rusenu, was discovered (Noor<strong>de</strong>rlicht, 2007). Hull’s research (2001, pp. 98–99) shows that these <strong>language</strong>s form a l<strong>in</strong>guistic area or Sprachbund, hav<strong>in</strong>g over thecourse of centuries replaced their <strong>in</strong>dividual characteristics with <strong>Timor</strong>ese forms and structures<strong>in</strong> a process of mutual assimilation. Figure 3 shows the geographical distribution ofthe endogenous <strong>language</strong>s.Hull suggests that Tetum and the Austronesian <strong>language</strong>s of the islands of <strong>Timor</strong> andRoti <strong>de</strong>scend from a s<strong>in</strong>gle <strong>language</strong> (Old <strong>Timor</strong>ese) <strong>in</strong>troduced from the Buton region


12 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Figure 3. Language map of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> (Bow<strong>de</strong>n & Hajek, 2007, p. 266). Reproduced with k<strong>in</strong>dpermission of the authors.of southeastern Celebes. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to Hull (2001, p. 101), from about the thirteenthcenturyCE, the dialects of <strong>Timor</strong> were <strong>in</strong>fluenced by a central Moluccan <strong>language</strong> (probablyfrom Ambon), and the impact of Malay, the regional l<strong>in</strong>gua franca, began to be felt <strong>in</strong>the fifteenth century. <strong>The</strong> Papuan <strong>language</strong>s with the greatest numbers of speakers areMakasae and Bunak. <strong>The</strong> three largest Austronesian <strong>language</strong>s are:. Baikenu (also known as Dawan, Atoni or Uab Meto), spoken <strong>in</strong> the East <strong>Timor</strong>eseexclave of Oecussi and <strong>in</strong> West <strong>Timor</strong>;. Mambae, spoken <strong>in</strong> eastern <strong>Timor</strong> and. Tetum, spoken <strong>in</strong> the east and the west of <strong>Timor</strong> island.<strong>The</strong> number of East <strong>Timor</strong>ese <strong>language</strong>s<strong>The</strong>re are differences of op<strong>in</strong>ion as to the precise number and classification of <strong>Timor</strong>ese<strong>language</strong> varieties (Capell, 1944, 1972; Fox, 1997, 2003; Hull, 1998a; Thomaz, 1981).<strong>The</strong> most reliable figures may be drawn from Ethnologue (see Gordon, 2005), Hull(1998a) and the Instituto Nacional <strong>de</strong> L<strong>in</strong>guística (National Institute of L<strong>in</strong>guistics),known as the INL. Ethnologue listed 20 <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>, 19 liv<strong>in</strong>g and 1ext<strong>in</strong>ct. <strong>The</strong> L<strong>in</strong>guistic Survey of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> Project (see Hull, 1998a) at the INL i<strong>de</strong>ntifies19 dist<strong>in</strong>ct autochthonous <strong>language</strong> varieties <strong>in</strong> the whole of <strong>Timor</strong> and the offshore islandsof Wetar, Ataúro, Semau, Roti (Figure 2) and N<strong>da</strong>o (not shown). As Bow<strong>de</strong>n and Hajek(2007, p. 265) observe, the differences between Gordon’s list and the INL list are basedsimply on different ways of classify<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s and dialects. At least 16 <strong>language</strong> varietiesare spoken <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> compared with seven <strong>in</strong> West <strong>Timor</strong>. Baikenu, Tetum,Kemak and Bunak are spoken on both si<strong>de</strong>s of the bor<strong>de</strong>r with West <strong>Timor</strong>. <strong>The</strong> Wetareseand Galoli <strong>language</strong>s (and their dialectal varieties) are spoken on both si<strong>de</strong>s of the bor<strong>de</strong>rbetween <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> and Maluku (Hull, 1998a, p. 4). With one exception, the endogenous<strong>language</strong>s are consi<strong>de</strong>red to have high l<strong>in</strong>guistic vitality. Only Lóvaia, also known asMakuva, is seriously en<strong>da</strong>ngered, 4 hav<strong>in</strong>g only a small number of speakers with the


Table 2. Languages of Papuan orig<strong>in</strong> reported as a first <strong>language</strong> accord<strong>in</strong>g to the 2004 NationalCensus (Direcção Nacional <strong>de</strong> Estatística, 2006, p. 80).LanguageNumber of<strong>in</strong>dividualsCurrent Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 13Percentage of population accounted forby the census (n ¼ 741,530)Ma<strong>in</strong> areas where usedBunak 50,631 6.8 Central <strong>in</strong>terior andIndonesiaFataluku 28,893 3.8 Eastern tip of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>around LospalosMakalero 5,981 0.8 South-east coastMakasae 90,018 12.1 Eastern end of <strong>Timor</strong>island around BaucauDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009rest hav<strong>in</strong>g shifted to Fataluku (Hajek, 2006, p. 719). As Hajek, Himmelmann, & Bow<strong>de</strong>n(2003, p. 159) note, the Fataluku name of Lóvaia is consi<strong>de</strong>red by its speakers to be morerespectful. In addition, the exogenous <strong>language</strong>s – Malay, Arabic, Ch<strong>in</strong>ese, Portuguese,mo<strong>de</strong>rn Indonesian and English – are or have at some time been present <strong>in</strong> the ecology.One of the ma<strong>in</strong> difficulties <strong>in</strong> study<strong>in</strong>g multil<strong>in</strong>gualism lies <strong>in</strong> the measurement ofactual <strong>language</strong> use <strong>in</strong> society. It is always a challenge to enumerate <strong>language</strong> users <strong>in</strong> l<strong>in</strong>guisticallydiverse polities such as <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> because research is limited by a lack ofreliable statistical <strong>in</strong>formation. Rob<strong>in</strong>son (1993, pp. 52–55) <strong>de</strong>f<strong>in</strong>es high <strong>language</strong> diversityas ‘a <strong>situation</strong> where no more than 50% of the population speaks the same <strong>language</strong>’ (seealso Lopes, 1998, p. 445). As Tables 2 and 3 show, no <strong>language</strong> variety is spoken as amother tongue <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> by more than 18% of the population and most <strong>language</strong>sare used by far smaller numbers of speakers. It is also difficult to apply concepts such asmajority and m<strong>in</strong>ority <strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong> numerical terms. In<strong>de</strong>ed, as Skutnabb-Kangas (1990,p. 6) suggests, if the term m<strong>in</strong>ority is applied <strong>in</strong> terms of power rather than <strong>in</strong> terms ofnumbers of speakers, then all those groups whose mother tongues are not official <strong>in</strong> thecountries where they live are l<strong>in</strong>guistic m<strong>in</strong>orities. In <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>, even Tetum is a m<strong>in</strong>ority<strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong> certa<strong>in</strong> parts of the country. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to Baker and Langeraar (2005) just over78% of Dili resi<strong>de</strong>nts use a variety of Tetum as a first <strong>language</strong> compared with 9% of resi<strong>de</strong>nts<strong>in</strong> Baucau. Moreover, accord<strong>in</strong>g to the 2004 Census estimates, no more than 1.4% ofthe populations of Lautém and Oecussi districts speak a variety of Tetum as a first <strong>language</strong>while <strong>in</strong> several districts less than 20% of the population can speak, read or write Tetum(Census Atlas, 2006, p. 70).As Ethnologue po<strong>in</strong>ts out (see http://www.ethnologue.com), given the difficulty ofarriv<strong>in</strong>g at accurate counts of speakers of a given <strong>language</strong>, all figures (even censusfigures) are necessarily estimates. Def<strong>in</strong>itions of what constitutes a <strong>language</strong> must be operationallystated and may differ from what speakers themselves consi<strong>de</strong>r a <strong>language</strong>. <strong>The</strong>re isalso the difficult problem of <strong>de</strong>f<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the difference between dialects and <strong>language</strong>s(Crowley, 2000a, p. 56). Many <strong>language</strong>s are known by more than one name. As <strong>in</strong> thecase of Lóvaia, some names may not be used or may not be consi<strong>de</strong>red respectful bycerta<strong>in</strong> communities of speakers. <strong>The</strong>re are also differences of op<strong>in</strong>ion about how tomeasure both proficiency and literacy. Some of these difficulties are manifested <strong>in</strong> the<strong>language</strong> statistics <strong>in</strong> the 2004 National Census of Population and Hous<strong>in</strong>g for <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>.Language <strong>da</strong>ta from the 2004 Population Census<strong>The</strong> 2004 Census of Population and Hous<strong>in</strong>g was a magnificent achievement. <strong>The</strong> enumerationof the population <strong>in</strong> a mostly rural country without addresses and with a <strong>de</strong>ficient land


14 K. Taylor-LeechTable 3. Languages of Austronesian orig<strong>in</strong> reported as a first <strong>language</strong> accord<strong>in</strong>g to the 2004National Census (Direcção Nacional <strong>de</strong> Estatística, 2006, p. 80).Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009LanguageNumber of <strong>in</strong>dividualsPercentage ofpopulation accountedfor by the census(n ¼ 741,530)Ma<strong>in</strong> areas whereused<strong>The</strong> Ataúran varieties5,576 0.75 Ataúro Island(A<strong>da</strong>be, Atauran,Rahesuk, Raklungu,Resuk)Baikenu, also known as45,705 6.16 OecussiVaikenu/AtoniBekais 3,222 0.43 North of Balibó andBatugadéDadu’a 1,242 0.16 Around ManatutoGaloli, also known asGalolen10,998 1.4 North coast, Laklo,Manatuto, Laleia,Wetar island andAtaúro islandHabun 1,586 0.21 South of Manatutoand north-east ofLaclúbarI<strong>da</strong>laka (I<strong>da</strong>té, Isní,14,201 1.91 South-east of DiliLole<strong>in</strong>, Lakalei)Kairui-Midiki 13,540 1.82 Central <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>Kemak 51,057 6.88 <strong>The</strong> far west near thebor<strong>de</strong>r with West<strong>Timor</strong>Makuva, also known asLóvaia100 0.01 North-east tip of<strong>Timor</strong> islandMambae 131,472 17.72 Mounta<strong>in</strong>s of central<strong>Timor</strong>Naueti 11,321 1.5 South-east coast,around UatolariTetum, <strong>in</strong> its ruralvarieties, also knownas Tetum-Terik,Classical Tetum,Tetum-Loos45,944 <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> 6.1 <strong>The</strong> central southcoast of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> and itsh<strong>in</strong>terlandTetum-Dili, also known133,102 17.94 In and around Dilias Tetum-PraçaTetum (unspecified45,362 6.1varieties)Toko<strong>de</strong><strong>de</strong> 31,814 4.2 Bazar-Tete, Liquiçá,MaubaraWaima’a 14,506 1.95 North coastca<strong>da</strong>stre was carried out us<strong>in</strong>g Global Position<strong>in</strong>g System (GPS) technology that was ableto p<strong>in</strong>po<strong>in</strong>t every household <strong>in</strong> the country. <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> was the first country to complete acensus us<strong>in</strong>g this satellite system (Direcção Nacional <strong>de</strong> Estatística, 2006, p. 19). CensusQuestion 8 asked respon<strong>de</strong>nts to list their mother tongue. Mother tongue was <strong>de</strong>f<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong>the census as ‘the <strong>language</strong> usually spoken <strong>in</strong> an <strong>in</strong>dividual’s home <strong>in</strong> his her early childhood’(p. 46). <strong>The</strong> approximate numbers of speakers of Papuan and Austronesian <strong>language</strong>s


Table 4. Exogenous <strong>language</strong>s reported as a first <strong>language</strong> accord<strong>in</strong>g to the 2004 National census(Direcção Nacional <strong>de</strong> Estatística, 2006, p. 80).LanguageNumber of<strong>in</strong>dividualsCurrent Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 15Percentage of population accounted for by the census(n ¼ 741,530)Indonesian 2411 0.32Portuguese 702 0.094English 808 0.11A variety of511 0.068Ch<strong>in</strong>eseMalay 146 Too small to be significantDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009as first or home <strong>language</strong>s and the ma<strong>in</strong> locations of those speech communities are listed <strong>in</strong>Tables 2 and 3. <strong>The</strong>se figures were extracted by the present author from the 2004 NationalCensus <strong>da</strong>ta which listed private household resi<strong>de</strong>nts aged 6 years and over accord<strong>in</strong>g tomother tongue. <strong>The</strong> <strong>language</strong>s are grouped accord<strong>in</strong>g to the INL classification and percentageswere calculated on the basis of a total of 741,530 people.Census Question 8 asked respon<strong>de</strong>nts to name the <strong>language</strong> or dialect they spoke at home.Census Question 9 asked respon<strong>de</strong>nts if they could speak, read or write <strong>in</strong> Portuguese, Tetum,Indonesian and English. Neither question differentiated between the varieties of Tetum.Consequently, the number of respon<strong>de</strong>nts who <strong>de</strong>clared they could speak or read or writeTetum <strong>in</strong>clu<strong>de</strong>d people who use Tetum-Praça, Tetum-Terik or other varieties (CensusAtlas, 2006, p. 70). Table 4 shows the very small numbers of <strong>in</strong>dividuals who reported anexogenous <strong>language</strong> as a first or home <strong>language</strong> accord<strong>in</strong>g to the 2004 National Census.In or<strong>de</strong>r to collect <strong>da</strong>ta on <strong>language</strong> characteristics, the 2004 census employed the termcapability – a term that was <strong>de</strong>f<strong>in</strong>ed as ‘the capacity to speak, read or write or any comb<strong>in</strong>ationof the above as <strong>in</strong>formed by the <strong>in</strong>terviewee’ (Direcção Nacional <strong>de</strong> Estatística,2006, p. 47). Table 5 shows the numbers of <strong>in</strong>dividuals who reported capability (or lackof it) <strong>in</strong> the official and work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s.However, national percentages alone are not very mean<strong>in</strong>gful because capability andliteracy vary greatly accord<strong>in</strong>g to district. <strong>The</strong> census authors also measured <strong>language</strong>use <strong>in</strong> terms of literacy and they broke down the <strong>da</strong>ta accord<strong>in</strong>g to district. <strong>The</strong> censusauthors consi<strong>de</strong>red anyone who was not able both to read and write <strong>in</strong> any of the officialand work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s (Portuguese, Tetum, English and Indonesian) to be illiterate(Census Atlas, 2006, p. 72). In terms of the proportion of the population able to speak,read and write <strong>in</strong> any of the official and work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s, the most literate districtswere Dili, Manatuto and Baucau whilst Oecussi and Ermera had the lowest literacy ratesamong the districts (Census Atlas, 2006, p. 66). As the authors po<strong>in</strong>t out, these numbershighlight the importance of local <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> districts outsi<strong>de</strong> Dili as well as the extent toTable 5. Capability <strong>in</strong> the official and work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s (Direcção Nacional <strong>de</strong> Estatística, 2006,p. 82).Language capability (speak,read or write)Number of<strong>in</strong>dividualsPercentage of the population accounted for bythe census (n ¼ 741,530)Tetum 634,458 86Portuguese 272,638 36Indonesian 435,255 59English 160,160 21None of these 96,703 13


16 K. Taylor-LeechTable 6. Literacy <strong>in</strong> the official and work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s (Census Atlas, 2006, p. 69; DirecçãoNacional <strong>de</strong> Estatística, 2006, pp. 135–138).Literacy (speak, rea<strong>da</strong>nd write)Number of<strong>in</strong>dividualsPercentage of the population accounted for by thecensus (n ¼ 638,478 5 )Tetum 295,033 46.2Portuguese 86,917 13.6Indonesian 276,199 43.3English 37,136 5.8Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009which the educated elite are concentrated <strong>in</strong> and around the national capital. While Portugueseliteracy rates tend to be higher <strong>in</strong> the eastern districts, Indonesian literacy rates are higher <strong>in</strong>the western districts where Indonesian <strong>in</strong>fluence was stronger. For example, the remoteeastern subdistrict of Venilale had the highest literacy rates for both Portuguese andEnglish. In terms of national literacy rates <strong>in</strong> the official and work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s, thecensus f<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>gs were far lower than those for capability. Table 6 shows the numbers of<strong>in</strong>dividuals who reported that they could speak, read and write <strong>in</strong> the official and work<strong>in</strong>g<strong>language</strong>s.<strong>The</strong>se figures stand <strong>in</strong> marked contrast to those for <strong>language</strong> capability. Moreover, themarked spatial variations <strong>in</strong> <strong>language</strong> use present a major challenge for <strong>language</strong> planners.For <strong>in</strong>stance, although Tetum is an official <strong>language</strong>, less than 20% of the populationspeaks, reads or writes it <strong>in</strong> three of the four subdistricts of Oecussi. Throughout Oecussiand Lautém districts, more people could speak, read or write Indonesian than they couldTetum. <strong>The</strong> same is true of Atsabe subdistrict <strong>in</strong> the district of Ermera and Laclubarsubdistrict <strong>in</strong> the district of Manatuto (Census Atlas, 2006, p. 70).Previous estimates and census figures offer <strong>in</strong>terest<strong>in</strong>g comparison with the 2004census. Bas<strong>in</strong>g his estimates on the Indonesian census of 1990, Hajek (2000, p. 409) estimatedthat between 60% and 80% of the population spoke some form of Tetum. He put thenumber of Portuguese speakers at anywhere between 5% and 20%. Indonesian censusfigures suggest that by 1991, some 60% of the population spoke Indonesian (Himmelmann& Hajek, 2001, p. 90). <strong>The</strong> Indonesian statistical system did not dist<strong>in</strong>guish between nativebornEast <strong>Timor</strong>ese and the children of non-East <strong>Timor</strong>ese (e.g. the children of transmigrants,government servants and the military). Consequently, statisticians approache<strong>de</strong>stimates by divid<strong>in</strong>g populations accord<strong>in</strong>g to whether heads of household were born <strong>in</strong>the country (Hull, 2003, p. 31). Jones (2003, pp. 44–45) computed the 1990 Indonesiancensus <strong>da</strong>ta us<strong>in</strong>g this method and found that the proportion of males able to speakIndonesian where the head of the household was born <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> was 56.4% whilethe proportion of females was 39.4%. <strong>The</strong> younger cohorts, who had been schooled <strong>in</strong>the Indonesian <strong>language</strong>, conta<strong>in</strong>ed large proportions able to speak Indonesian – 85% ofmales and 77% of females aged 15–19 – but the numbers dropped off sharply to 35%for males and 17% for females at age 40–44 and even lower at more advanced ages(p. 48). At present, the younger generation is still more proficient <strong>in</strong> Indonesian. If one comparesthe figures for the same age groups <strong>in</strong> the 2004 census one f<strong>in</strong>ds that 82% (39,388<strong>in</strong>dividuals) of males and 83% (38,288 <strong>in</strong>dividuals) of females aged 15–19 reported capability<strong>in</strong> Indonesian (Direcção Nacional <strong>de</strong> Estatistica, 2006, p. 82). Among 40–44-yearolds, 67% of males (15,034 <strong>in</strong>dividuals) and 36% of females (8545 <strong>in</strong>dividuals) reportedcapability <strong>in</strong> Indonesian (p. 82). It is reasonable to assume that those people who hadbeen <strong>in</strong> the 15 to 19 year age group <strong>in</strong> 1990 would be <strong>in</strong> the 30–34 year age group <strong>in</strong>2004. <strong>The</strong> members of this cohort (61,970 <strong>in</strong>dividuals) who reported capability <strong>in</strong>


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 17Indonesian came to 84.6% for males (27,022 <strong>in</strong>dividuals) and 66% females (19,994<strong>in</strong>dividuals). Overall, these figures <strong>in</strong>dicate that knowledge of Indonesian is still highamongst the population below 35 years of age.Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Diglossia and multil<strong>in</strong>gualism <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong><strong>The</strong> study of diglossia is of great value <strong>in</strong> un<strong>de</strong>rstand<strong>in</strong>g processes of l<strong>in</strong>guistic change <strong>in</strong>multil<strong>in</strong>gual societies. Diglossia is an <strong>in</strong>dication of change <strong>in</strong> the social functions of<strong>language</strong>s and <strong>in</strong> the social organisation of speech communities (Hudson, 1991, p. 1) aswell as chang<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong> attitu<strong>de</strong>s as Hudson po<strong>in</strong>ts out (p. 8). In Ferguson’s (1959) <strong>de</strong>f<strong>in</strong>ition,the term diglossia refers to two varieties of the same <strong>language</strong> that are functionallyspecialised and used <strong>in</strong> mutually exclusive doma<strong>in</strong>s by the same speech community.Fishman (1967) exten<strong>de</strong>d and elaborated the concept of diglossia to <strong>in</strong>clu<strong>de</strong> the distributionof one or more <strong>language</strong> varieties to serve different functions <strong>in</strong> a society. Fishmansuggested that diglossia exists not only <strong>in</strong> multil<strong>in</strong>gual societies that officially recogniseseveral <strong>language</strong>s but also <strong>in</strong> societies that use vernacular and classical varieties, registersor functionally different <strong>language</strong> varieties of whatever k<strong>in</strong>d. Fishman dist<strong>in</strong>guished diglossiafrom bil<strong>in</strong>gualism, which he <strong>de</strong>scribed as an <strong>in</strong>dividual’s ability to use more than one<strong>language</strong> variety. Fasold (1984) also dist<strong>in</strong>guished between bil<strong>in</strong>gualism, which he<strong>de</strong>scribed as an <strong>in</strong>dividual phenomenon and multil<strong>in</strong>gualism, which is societal. Us<strong>in</strong>gthese <strong>de</strong>f<strong>in</strong>itions, the current <strong>language</strong> <strong>situation</strong> <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> is both diglossic and multil<strong>in</strong>gualwith vary<strong>in</strong>g levels of <strong>in</strong>dividual bi-, tri- and quadril<strong>in</strong>gualism. Some <strong>in</strong>dividuals,for example many Baikenu speakers, are monol<strong>in</strong>gual. In<strong>de</strong>ed, <strong>in</strong> the 2004 Census, some25% (192,692 <strong>in</strong>dividuals) reported capability <strong>in</strong> Tetum alone. Table 7 provi<strong>de</strong>s a selective<strong>in</strong>dication of the numbers of <strong>in</strong>dividuals who reported capability <strong>in</strong> one or more of the officialand work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s. Note that not all <strong>language</strong> comb<strong>in</strong>ations are reported and thosecomb<strong>in</strong>ations that are not reported conta<strong>in</strong> numbers that are so low they are not consi<strong>de</strong>redsignificant.It is also important to note that Indonesian itself is marked by diglossia. <strong>The</strong> varieties ofIndonesian used and un<strong>de</strong>rstood all over the archipelago vary along a cont<strong>in</strong>uum from theformal high (H) variety taught through the Indonesian education system to the highly <strong>in</strong>formal,colloquial low (L) varieties used <strong>in</strong> every<strong>da</strong>y activities. Sneddon (2003, pp. 532–533)has observed that the difference <strong>in</strong> functions between H and L <strong>in</strong> Indonesian is not as strictas <strong>in</strong> Ferguson’s mo<strong>de</strong>l of diglossia (see also Wardhaugh, 1998, p. 88). Sneddon also notesTable 7. Capability <strong>in</strong> one or more of the official and work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s (Direcção Nacional <strong>de</strong>Estatística, 2006, p. 84).Language capability (speak,read or write)Number of<strong>in</strong>dividualsPercentage of the population accounted for bythe census (n¼741,530)Tetum only 192,692 25All four official and work<strong>in</strong>g 143,684 20<strong>language</strong>sPortuguese, Tetum and113,008 15IndonesianPortuguese and Tetum 12,522 1.69Tetum and Indonesian 158,001 21Tetum and English 963 0.1Indonesian and English 644 0.09None of these 96,703 13


18 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009that while H and L Indonesian are associated with most formal and <strong>in</strong>formal <strong>situation</strong>s,there are a number of <strong>in</strong>termediate forms associated with semiformal <strong>situation</strong>s. Atpresent, Indonesian is still used <strong>in</strong> social life, <strong>in</strong> small bus<strong>in</strong>esses, <strong>in</strong> the <strong>da</strong>ily work ofNGOs and <strong>in</strong> secon<strong>da</strong>ry and tertiary education. <strong>The</strong> Portuguese <strong>language</strong> is un<strong>de</strong>rgo<strong>in</strong>grevival <strong>in</strong> the education system, <strong>in</strong> the civil service and <strong>in</strong> the formal justice system. <strong>The</strong>dynamism and complexity of the <strong>language</strong> <strong>situation</strong> was enhanced by the sud<strong>de</strong>n arrivalof English <strong>in</strong> 1999. Tetum is also <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>gly used <strong>in</strong> traditionally H doma<strong>in</strong>s such asthe courts and parliament as well as <strong>in</strong> primary education. Even <strong>in</strong> traditionally non-Tetum speak<strong>in</strong>g areas, its use appears to be <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g (Himmelman & Hajek, 2001, p. 93).In both Ferguson’s (1959) and Fishman’s (1967; 1972a) discussions of diglossia, the<strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> an <strong>in</strong>dividual’s repertoire are highly compartmentalised, although Fergusonlater revised his analysis to say that there is always a cont<strong>in</strong>uum between H and L. Evenso, as Ferguson (1959, p. 337) notes, ‘no segment of the speech community <strong>in</strong> diglossiaregularly uses H as a medium of ord<strong>in</strong>ary conversation and any attempt to do so is feltto be either pe<strong>da</strong>ntic or artificial [...] and <strong>in</strong> some sense disloyal to the community[...]’. Hudson (1991, p. 13) suggests that rigid compartmentalisation is a necessary requisitefor the long-term ma<strong>in</strong>tenance of diglossia. While Ferguson and Fishman argue that thiscompartmentalisation <strong>in</strong> diglossic <strong>situation</strong>s contributes to stable bil<strong>in</strong>gualism and <strong>language</strong>ma<strong>in</strong>tenance, others claim that diglossia tends to be unstable when the chang<strong>in</strong>g balance ofpower between the two <strong>language</strong>s leads to <strong>language</strong> shift (Schiffman, 1993). Doma<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>trusion,as Appel and Muysken (1987, pp. 39–41) observe, is a clear sign of <strong>language</strong> shift. Isuggest that the chang<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong> <strong>situation</strong> <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> has led to a form of unstablediglossia, reflect<strong>in</strong>g the chang<strong>in</strong>g relationship and status of <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> society.Tetum and Portuguese locales (doma<strong>in</strong>s) of useAs Ager (2005) notes, the status of a <strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong> a particular society is <strong>de</strong>f<strong>in</strong>ed by its positionor stand<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> relation to other <strong>language</strong>s. <strong>The</strong> status of a <strong>language</strong> can also bemeasured by the number and nature of doma<strong>in</strong>s <strong>in</strong> which it is used. High status doma<strong>in</strong>ssuch as the elite, parliamentary, judiciary, educational systems and the forces of law andor<strong>de</strong>r represent the public doma<strong>in</strong>s. Low status doma<strong>in</strong>s <strong>in</strong>clu<strong>de</strong> domestic and private <strong>situation</strong>sand where powerless groups wish to dist<strong>in</strong>guish themselves from those <strong>in</strong> power orwhere such groups are marked as powerless because they are unable to <strong>de</strong>ploy l<strong>in</strong>guisticskills <strong>in</strong> the high status <strong>language</strong> (Ager, 2001, p. 1040). For the purposes of this discussion,it is more appropriate to talk <strong>in</strong> terms of locales because they <strong>de</strong>scribe a less complex <strong>situation</strong>than does the term doma<strong>in</strong> which <strong>in</strong> both Fishman’s (1972b) and Roma<strong>in</strong>e’s (1995)<strong>de</strong>f<strong>in</strong>itions <strong>in</strong>clu<strong>de</strong>s the parameters of reciprocal <strong>language</strong> choices by classes of <strong>in</strong>terlocutorson k<strong>in</strong>ds of occasions to discuss particular topics (Fishman, 1972b, p. 437). Tables 8and 9 make rough classifications of the ma<strong>in</strong> locales of use for Tetum and Portugueseand the H or L registers of each <strong>language</strong>. It is important to po<strong>in</strong>t out, however, that speakersdo not use these <strong>language</strong>s exclusively <strong>in</strong> these locales; rather, they tend to be reservedfor these <strong>language</strong>s. <strong>The</strong>re is a great <strong>de</strong>al of co<strong>de</strong> switch<strong>in</strong>g and mix<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> all locales.Tables 8 and 9, therefore, serve primarily as a gui<strong>de</strong> for evaluat<strong>in</strong>g the vitality of Tetumand the extent of its repertoire.As Tables 8 and 9 show, although Tetum is <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>gly used <strong>in</strong> H locales, it is still usedpredom<strong>in</strong>antly <strong>in</strong> L registers (or <strong>in</strong> a comb<strong>in</strong>ation of H and L registers where it primarilyplays an L role), whereas Portuguese is used <strong>in</strong> H locales for ma<strong>in</strong>ly H registers. Aseem<strong>in</strong>gly obvious conclusion is that for its stan<strong>da</strong>rdisation to be successful and itsstatus elevated, Tetum needs to extend its repertoire <strong>in</strong>to locales such as the professions,


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 19Table 8.Tetum locales of use.Tetum locales of use<strong>The</strong> National Parliament. <strong>The</strong> majority of members of parliamentuse Tetum <strong>in</strong> <strong>de</strong>bate and questions, <strong>in</strong> addition to Portuguese<strong>The</strong> Police and Armed ForcesChurch services<strong>The</strong> District Courts<strong>The</strong> Civil Service/public adm<strong>in</strong>istrationPolitical meet<strong>in</strong>gs, speeches, conferences, rallies and other culturalevents (Portuguese, Indonesian and English are also used when<strong>in</strong>ternational audiences are present)<strong>The</strong> press, radio and television (ma<strong>in</strong>ly news and public <strong>in</strong>formation programmes)<strong>The</strong> marketplace<strong>The</strong> home and family gather<strong>in</strong>gsH or L registersHLHHLH and LH and LLLDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009the media, education and the sciences, high culture and ref<strong>in</strong>ed social <strong>in</strong>teraction. As previouslystated, diglossia <strong>in</strong> which Indonesian dom<strong>in</strong>ates still exists <strong>in</strong> secon<strong>da</strong>ry and highereducation, <strong>in</strong> many professions and <strong>in</strong> small bus<strong>in</strong>esses. <strong>The</strong> arrival of English has ad<strong>de</strong><strong>da</strong>nother component because of its wi<strong>de</strong>spread use together with Indonesian <strong>in</strong> NGO activitiesand many work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>situation</strong>s where foreign aid workers and volunteers are employed.English is also the work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong> of the M<strong>in</strong>istry of Foreign Affairs. Portuguese dom<strong>in</strong>atesthe telecommunications and education sectors. <strong>The</strong> health sector is truly multil<strong>in</strong>gual,be<strong>in</strong>g heavily reliant on <strong>in</strong>ternational medical and health professionals. <strong>The</strong> <strong>language</strong> oftechnology (as elsewhere) is for the most part English.Literacy<strong>The</strong> management of literacy is one of the many complex challenges currently confront<strong>in</strong>gthe <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt state. Fifty-eight percent of women and 50.2% of men are illiterate (CensusAtlas, 2006, p. 72). Not surpris<strong>in</strong>gly Dili district has the highest literacy rates with only25.8% of the population over the age of 6 unable to read or write <strong>in</strong> any of the officialand work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s. More than half the population <strong>in</strong> each of the other 12 districts isilliterate, and female illiteracy rates are consistently higher than those for males. <strong>The</strong>highest rate of illiteracy (i.e. 71.1%) occurs <strong>in</strong> the rural highland district of Ermera (p. 72).<strong>The</strong> Census Atlas used a very specific <strong>de</strong>f<strong>in</strong>ition of literacy. As stated earlier, the censusauthors, follow<strong>in</strong>g the UN stan<strong>da</strong>rd <strong>de</strong>f<strong>in</strong>ition, consi<strong>de</strong>red anyone aged 6 and ol<strong>de</strong>r who wasTable 9.Portuguese locales of use.Portuguese locales of use<strong>The</strong> National Parliament, <strong>in</strong> the rubric of legislation and written documentsPre-primary and primary education<strong>The</strong> Court of AppealIn church services <strong>in</strong> hymns and <strong>in</strong> funeral prayers and ceremonies<strong>The</strong> Civil Service/Public Adm<strong>in</strong>istrationConferences, sem<strong>in</strong>ars and meet<strong>in</strong>gsCustoms and ExciseDiplomatic activities <strong>in</strong>volv<strong>in</strong>g Portugal and other Portuguese-speak<strong>in</strong>g countries<strong>The</strong> press, radio and television (news and popular enterta<strong>in</strong>ment)H or L registersHHHHHHHHH and L


20 K. Taylor-Leechunable to both read and write <strong>in</strong> any of the four official and work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s to be illiterate(p. 72). Accord<strong>in</strong>g to the Census Atlas, 27% of people between the ages of 15 and 24are illiterate. Very large numbers of people over the age of 40 are illiterate. Sixty-twopercent (28,393 <strong>in</strong>dividuals) of 40–44-year olds and 76% (25,054 <strong>in</strong>dividuals) of 50–54year olds cannot read or write (Direcção Nacional <strong>de</strong> Estatística, 2006, p. 133). Suchhigh levels of illiteracy constitute a serious limitation to prospects for rais<strong>in</strong>g educationalstan<strong>da</strong>rds and improv<strong>in</strong>g socioeconomic <strong>de</strong>velopment. <strong>The</strong> United Nations DevelopmentProgram (UNDP) found that between 10% and 30% of primary-age children still do notattend school (UNDP, 2006, p. 1), a f<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g that raises two key issues concern<strong>in</strong>g therole and function of literacy <strong>in</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>ese society that will need to be addressed:(i) what k<strong>in</strong>d of niche can be found for vernacular literacy and(ii) what the current <strong>language</strong> policy and plann<strong>in</strong>g trajectory means for literacy <strong>in</strong> the<strong>language</strong>s of wi<strong>de</strong>r communication.Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Figure 4 <strong>in</strong>dicates by district the proportion of the population between the ages of 15and 24 years who can read or write. It also highlights the urban–rural divi<strong>de</strong> <strong>in</strong> terms ofliteracy. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to this map, 90% of 15–24-year olds <strong>in</strong> the relatively urbanised districtof Dili are literate. In contrast, only 66% of this age group <strong>in</strong> the isolated and un<strong>de</strong>rresourceddistrict of Oecussi are literate <strong>The</strong> lowest rates of youth literacy occur <strong>in</strong> thehighland districts of A<strong>in</strong>aro (59%) and Ermera (49%).Perceptions of literacy have shifted away from the view that it is an autonomous, valueneutralset of skills towards the view that literacy is <strong>in</strong>separable from its social context(Street, 1994, 1995). As Grenoble and Whaley (2006, p. 110) po<strong>in</strong>t out, literacy is morethan a boun<strong>de</strong>d set of technical <strong>in</strong>structions on how to form letters, how to connectwritten symbols with words and how to <strong>de</strong>rive mean<strong>in</strong>gful utterances from text; rather literacyis a social practice embed<strong>de</strong>d <strong>in</strong> social networks and <strong>in</strong> other cultural practices. Street(1984, p. 28) <strong>de</strong>f<strong>in</strong>es literacy as ‘a social construction, not a neutral technology [whose]Figure 4. Literacy rates (15–24 years) accord<strong>in</strong>g to district (Baker & Langeraar, 2005) Reproducedwith k<strong>in</strong>d permission of the authors.


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 21Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009uses are embed<strong>de</strong>d <strong>in</strong> relations of power and struggles over resources’. Literacy also has ani<strong>de</strong>ological dimension as I hope to show <strong>in</strong> the follow<strong>in</strong>g discussion of the history of literacyeducation <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>.<strong>The</strong> parlous state of literacy <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> reflects the fact that it has long been the<strong>in</strong>strument of colonialism. <strong>The</strong> consequences of Portuguese and Indonesian literacy plann<strong>in</strong>gand practices have shaped both the culture of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> and the course of itshistory. Literacy has been seen as cultural missionary work (br<strong>in</strong>g<strong>in</strong>g the light of thegospel to the unenlightened and uncivilised natives), as a means of social exclusion an<strong>da</strong>s a means of social control. In ‘Portuguese times’ literacy was a mechanism for br<strong>in</strong>g<strong>in</strong>gabout the compliance of the <strong>in</strong>digenous lea<strong>de</strong>rs by <strong>in</strong>corporat<strong>in</strong>g them <strong>in</strong>to the colonialenterprise and by exclud<strong>in</strong>g the vast majority of the population from the colonial elite.Un<strong>de</strong>r the Indonesians, literacy was a mechanism for the social and i<strong>de</strong>ological controlof the masses. Contemporary literacy rates <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> and their distribution reflectboth <strong>de</strong>ep social <strong>in</strong>equality and alienation from an education system that has never reflectedthe needs and cultural realities of most of the population.Yet ironically, literacy education has played a central role <strong>in</strong> shap<strong>in</strong>g national i<strong>de</strong>ntity <strong>in</strong><strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. For the Indonesians <strong>in</strong> their <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce struggle, literacy <strong>in</strong> the <strong>language</strong> ofthe coloniser (Dutch) had enabled wi<strong>de</strong>r communication and access to mo<strong>de</strong>rnity. Increase<strong>de</strong>ducational provision <strong>in</strong> the Indonesian <strong>language</strong> un<strong>de</strong>r the Indonesian admistration offeredgreater numbers of East <strong>Timor</strong>ese access to literacy. As far as the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese were concerned,un<strong>de</strong>r Portuguese colonial adm<strong>in</strong>istration, mass education was never a policy 6 andIndonesian literacy teach<strong>in</strong>g on a national scale had the opposite effect to that which was<strong>in</strong>ten<strong>de</strong>d. As Almei<strong>da</strong> (2001, p. 601) po<strong>in</strong>ts out, while the spread of literacy <strong>in</strong> ‘Indonesiantimes’ failed to <strong>in</strong>corporate the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese people <strong>in</strong>to the Indonesian <strong>de</strong>velopmentproject, literacy enabled new generations to make contact with each other and with theoutsi<strong>de</strong> world and thus to agitate for support for national <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce.<strong>The</strong> failure to <strong>in</strong>culcate universal literacy <strong>in</strong> ‘Indonesian times’ serves to support the recognitionthat literacy is not merely the mechanical ability to read and write but rather is<strong>de</strong>term<strong>in</strong>ed by social and political conditions. Language plann<strong>in</strong>g for literacy not onlymakes statements about perceptions of literacy but it also allocates status and functionsto particular <strong>language</strong>s as <strong>language</strong>s of literacy. Where literacy is <strong>de</strong>f<strong>in</strong>ed only <strong>in</strong> termsof the formal, written official <strong>language</strong>, literacy <strong>in</strong> m<strong>in</strong>ority or endogenous <strong>language</strong>sbecomes marg<strong>in</strong>alised and the many forms of literacy <strong>de</strong>veloped <strong>in</strong> other <strong>language</strong>s canbe misrecognised ( Bourdieu, 1991, p. 153) and un<strong>de</strong>rvalued. Current education policy<strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> focuses on literacy <strong>in</strong> Portuguese and Tetum. Where access to literacy issolely <strong>de</strong>f<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> terms of literacy <strong>in</strong> the official <strong>language</strong>(s), learners who do not knowthese <strong>language</strong>s are often regar<strong>de</strong>d as <strong>de</strong>ficient <strong>in</strong> some way. <strong>The</strong>ir l<strong>in</strong>guistic and culturali<strong>de</strong>ntities are ‘remediated’ through the process of education <strong>in</strong> the <strong>language</strong>(s) of wi<strong>de</strong>rcommunication (Manyak, 2004). An alternative perception of literacy is that it is a set of<strong>language</strong> processes that are <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt of any particular <strong>language</strong> and can be carriedover to other <strong>language</strong>s. This concept enables literacy skills to be <strong>in</strong>itially <strong>de</strong>veloped <strong>in</strong>vernacular <strong>language</strong>s and then <strong>in</strong>troduced <strong>in</strong> the official <strong>language</strong>(s) at a later stage.Post-<strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce literacy projectsAmong the few projects that produce literacy materials <strong>in</strong> Tetum for schools <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>is a religious organisation known as Mary MacKillop East <strong>Timor</strong>. Its members have beenwork<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> s<strong>in</strong>ce 1994 (see http://www.mmiets.org.au). Mary MackillopEast <strong>Timor</strong> produces a Tetum literacy programme entitled Mai hatene Tetum (Let’s learn


22 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Tetum) that comprises books for children and literacy resources for teachers from K<strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>rgartento Gra<strong>de</strong> Six. Mary MacKillop East <strong>Timor</strong> is currently work<strong>in</strong>g with UNICEF to<strong>in</strong>troduce Tetum rea<strong>de</strong>rs that use the official orthography <strong>in</strong> all schools (Sister IreneMac<strong>in</strong>ante, Mary MacKillop East <strong>Timor</strong>, personal communication, February 24, 2007).<strong>The</strong> children’s educational magaz<strong>in</strong>e series Lafaek Ki’ik (Little Crocodile 7 ) for children<strong>in</strong> Gra<strong>de</strong>s 1 and 2, Lafaek Prima for children <strong>in</strong> Gra<strong>de</strong>s 3 and 4 and Lafaek (Crocodile)for children <strong>in</strong> Gra<strong>de</strong>s 5 and 6 published <strong>in</strong> Tetum by the NGO Care International aresh<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g examples of read<strong>in</strong>g material <strong>in</strong> an endogenous <strong>language</strong> that go beyond the classroom.<strong>The</strong> Lafaek series is the ma<strong>in</strong> source of read<strong>in</strong>g and learn<strong>in</strong>g material for some300,000 stu<strong>de</strong>nts <strong>in</strong> schools across the country. Care International also runs a radioprogram (Radio Lafaek) and a pen pal programme <strong>in</strong> which some 6000 children participate(Accessed February 4, 2008, from http://www.care<strong>in</strong>ternational.org.uk).As far as adult literacy is concerned, there is a tradition of popular literacy campaignsthat harks back to the <strong>da</strong>ys of the literacy campaign organised by FRETILIN <strong>in</strong> the 1970s.However, such projects have suffered from lack of coord<strong>in</strong>ation and aid <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>ncylead<strong>in</strong>g to a mixture of programmes be<strong>in</strong>g implemented with vary<strong>in</strong>g <strong>de</strong>grees of success.<strong>The</strong> government is heavily <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt on <strong>in</strong>ternational donors for assistance with adult literacyprogrammes. Multilateral aid agencies support and sponsor various literacy programmeslargely <strong>in</strong> partnership with government or local NGOs. Oxfam, for example,has a comprehensive adult education programme that <strong>in</strong>clu<strong>de</strong>s adult literacy. UNICEFhas also fun<strong>de</strong>d adult literacy activities for young mothers as part of its focus on maternaland child health and welfare. However, <strong>in</strong>fluenced by the World Bank’s view that adult educationwas not a priority and that donor efforts <strong>in</strong> education should <strong>in</strong>stead focus on primaryschool<strong>in</strong>g, UNICEF shifted its focus to life skills programmes for young people (Boughton &Durnan, 2007, p. 212).In 2005, Cuba sent a small team of advisors with a mo<strong>de</strong>l for a mass literacy campaignthat had been used <strong>in</strong> several South American countries. <strong>The</strong>y began plann<strong>in</strong>g for a programmeknown <strong>in</strong> Portuguese as Sim eu posso (Yes I can). In this programme, eachCuban advisor has an East <strong>Timor</strong>ese counterpart. Four hundred and forty-two tutors havebeen recruited, one from more or less every suco (see Part I). Tutors also <strong>in</strong>clu<strong>de</strong> volunteeruniversity stu<strong>de</strong>nts. In June 2007, <strong>in</strong> the week before the elections for the National Parliament,the first classes opened and by September, several thousand people had enrolled(Boughton, 2007). <strong>The</strong> classes follow a distance education format us<strong>in</strong>g televised classesshown on DVD. <strong>The</strong> classes are supervised by the Cuban-tra<strong>in</strong>ed East <strong>Timor</strong>ese tutors.By the end of the course of 65 lessons the learner is expected to be able to write simplesentences about themselves. <strong>The</strong> teach<strong>in</strong>g manual is written <strong>in</strong> Portuguese and Tetum(Retrieved April 9, 2008, from http://www.sydney-acfs.org/news/Sydney-ACFS-Newsletter-June-2007.pdf). <strong>The</strong> programme appears to rely on support from the top-downthrough the establishment of a National Literacy Commission; this k<strong>in</strong>d of literacy campaignhas been successfully employed <strong>in</strong> North Korea (Yang & Chee, 1963), the formerSoviet Union, the People’s Republic of Ch<strong>in</strong>a and other socialist states (Bhola, 1984).Important lessons can be learned about the need for local engagement from the experiencesof one particular adult literacy project implemented with the aid of the Agência Brasileira<strong>de</strong> Cooperação (Brazilian Cooperation Agency) known as the ABC. In 2000, theDivision of Non-Formal Education, with<strong>in</strong> the M<strong>in</strong>istry of Education, coord<strong>in</strong>ated a communityliteracy project known as Alfabetização Solidária (Soli<strong>da</strong>rity <strong>in</strong> Literacy), after theBrazilian NGO that <strong>de</strong>veloped the methods with Brazilian adults. Alfabetização Solidária(also known as AlfaSol) works <strong>in</strong> partnership with Brazilian universities and local governments,un<strong>de</strong>r the overall coord<strong>in</strong>ation of the ABC. <strong>The</strong> programme was <strong>de</strong>signed to teach


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 23Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009adults and young people over the age of 15 to read and write and to broa<strong>de</strong>n provision ofyouth and adult education (La’o Hamutuk [Walk<strong>in</strong>g Together] Bullet<strong>in</strong>, 2003, p. 14). <strong>The</strong>pilot phase of the Community Literacy project began <strong>in</strong> Dili <strong>in</strong> October 2000. A teamof 20 East <strong>Timor</strong>ese teachers, coord<strong>in</strong>ators and <strong>in</strong>structors un<strong>de</strong>rtook a short tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>gcourse <strong>in</strong> Brazil. <strong>The</strong> project opened 11 classrooms <strong>in</strong> Dili, cater<strong>in</strong>g for around 275 stu<strong>de</strong>nts.<strong>The</strong> methodology and materials were the same as those used <strong>in</strong> Brazil and the project aimedto teach stu<strong>de</strong>nts to read and write Portuguese, as part of the ABC efforts to promote thePortuguese <strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>. <strong>The</strong> pilot phase en<strong>de</strong>d <strong>in</strong> December 2001 and <strong>in</strong>January 2002, the second phase exten<strong>de</strong>d the project to the rest of the country. CommunityLiteracy classrooms were opened <strong>in</strong> all 13 districts, each with 10 teachers, a coord<strong>in</strong>atorand a pe<strong>da</strong>gogic <strong>in</strong>structor, totall<strong>in</strong>g 156 staff. Staff tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g was done <strong>in</strong> Dili by a teamof Brazilian teachers. <strong>The</strong> second phase en<strong>de</strong>d <strong>in</strong> December 2002. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to La’oHamutuk, the implementation of AlfaSol was marked by problems flow<strong>in</strong>g ma<strong>in</strong>ly fromthe fact that Alfasol used Portuguese and its early materials expressed Brazilian ratherthan East <strong>Timor</strong>ese realities. In addition, the project was managed from Brazil. Consequently,East <strong>Timor</strong>ese project officials located <strong>in</strong> the districts were responsible for implement<strong>in</strong>gthe project but had no <strong>de</strong>cision-mak<strong>in</strong>g powers. Teams of two Brazilian teacherscame to East <strong>Timor</strong> every 2 months for periods of 10 <strong>da</strong>ys, to visit project sites, checkproject implementation and make <strong>de</strong>cisions. Each team was responsible for three districts,alternat<strong>in</strong>g their visits so that each district was visited only approximately every 6 monthsfor no longer than 4 <strong>da</strong>ys. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to La’o Hamutuk Bullet<strong>in</strong> (2003, p. 17), many East<strong>Timor</strong>ese work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the project at the local level reported that they consi<strong>de</strong>red the Brazilianmanagement too geographically distant and not well <strong>in</strong>formed about the <strong>situation</strong> <strong>in</strong> East<strong>Timor</strong>. In the third and f<strong>in</strong>al phase, the management of the project was transferred to theM<strong>in</strong>istry of Education, which assumed adm<strong>in</strong>istrative and f<strong>in</strong>ancial responsibility, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>gthe payment of staff salaries. <strong>The</strong> M<strong>in</strong>istry of Education modified the project so that the first6 months of the classes were <strong>de</strong>dicated to teach<strong>in</strong>g basic literacy <strong>in</strong> Tetum, before the teach<strong>in</strong>gof Portuguese literacy was un<strong>de</strong>rtaken. In its current form, the project aims to <strong>in</strong>itiate 205classes, serv<strong>in</strong>g some 6000 stu<strong>de</strong>nts across all 13 districts. In this last phase, the role of theABC was re<strong>de</strong>signed to concentrate on capacity build<strong>in</strong>g for the M<strong>in</strong>istry of Education team,<strong>de</strong>velop<strong>in</strong>g teach<strong>in</strong>g materials and support<strong>in</strong>g the writ<strong>in</strong>g of a curriculum for non-formaleducation <strong>in</strong> partnership with the M<strong>in</strong>istry of Education (La’o Hamutuk Bullet<strong>in</strong>, 2003,pp. 15–17).Adult literacy programmes <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> appear to focus on the provision of functional,pr<strong>in</strong>t-based literacy with the long-term aim of poverty reduction and economicgrowth <strong>in</strong> l<strong>in</strong>e with the UN’s Education for All policy. Aid-fun<strong>de</strong>d literacy programmes<strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> so far appear to have adopted an autonomous literacy approach with anemphasis on low-level text encod<strong>in</strong>g and <strong>de</strong>cod<strong>in</strong>g. Autonomous mo<strong>de</strong>ls of literacy arecharacterised by a view of literacy as ‘an autonomous set of skills which are consi<strong>de</strong>red separatelyfrom their contexts and literate practice is seen as ma<strong>in</strong>ly pr<strong>in</strong>t-based’ (Liddicoat,2004, p. 7). To <strong>da</strong>te, literacy programmes appear to have taken little account of the literacyneeds and goals of the learners themselves. Bi and multiliteracies are not addressed. Afurther problem lies <strong>in</strong> lack of coord<strong>in</strong>ation across sectors lead<strong>in</strong>g to patchy and <strong>in</strong>consistentprovision. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to Boughton and Durnan (2007), at the first National LiteracyConference <strong>in</strong> September 2004, there was broad agreement between both governmentand non-government participants that literacy should be a priority but <strong>de</strong>legates expressedfrustration at the uncoord<strong>in</strong>ated nature of adult education programmes be<strong>in</strong>g <strong>de</strong>livered bya range of government, local and <strong>in</strong>ternational agencies. As Boughton and Durnan assert,it is questionable whether these efforts can achieve the <strong>de</strong>sired results <strong>in</strong> view of ‘the


24 K. Taylor-Leechten<strong>de</strong>ncy for different agencies and even different personnel with<strong>in</strong> the same agencies totake new directions with little un<strong>de</strong>rstand<strong>in</strong>g of what has gone before or of what mightalready be un<strong>de</strong>rway <strong>in</strong> other agencies’ (p. 212). Among other th<strong>in</strong>gs, Boughton andDurnan question whether the total value of this effort contributes towards achiev<strong>in</strong>g national<strong>de</strong>velopment priorities or <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>ed toward strengthen<strong>in</strong>g East <strong>Timor</strong>ese national culture andi<strong>de</strong>ntity. An effective and coord<strong>in</strong>ated literacy strategy will require <strong>in</strong>ternational agenciesand NGOs to ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong> their focus on this area rather than mov<strong>in</strong>g on to other priorities;operat<strong>in</strong>g organisations need to come to a shared un<strong>de</strong>rstand<strong>in</strong>g of the possible range andpurposes of literacies that can be promoted <strong>in</strong> urban and rural communities.Official, work<strong>in</strong>g and national <strong>language</strong>s<strong>The</strong> National Constitution of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> <strong>de</strong>clares:Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009. Tetum and Portuguese shall be the official <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> the Democratic Republic of<strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>.. Tetum and the other national <strong>language</strong>s shall be valued and <strong>de</strong>veloped by the State.National Constitution of the Democratic Republic of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Section 13, p. 16(Constituent Assembly, 2002).In addition to the high status accor<strong>de</strong>d to these <strong>language</strong>s, there is also a paragraph <strong>in</strong> asection entitled ‘F<strong>in</strong>al and Transitional Provisions’ which <strong>de</strong>clares:. Indonesian and English shall be work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s with<strong>in</strong> the civil service si<strong>de</strong> bysi<strong>de</strong> with the official <strong>language</strong>s for as long as <strong>de</strong>emed necessary.National Constitution of the Democratic Republic of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Part VII, Section159, p. 64. Work<strong>in</strong>g Languages (Constituent Assembly, 2002).Accord<strong>in</strong>g to Fa<strong>in</strong>gold’s (2004, p. 17) typology of provisions, the <strong>language</strong> provisions<strong>in</strong> the National Constitution of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> conform to ‘Type 17: Official <strong>language</strong>;national <strong>language</strong>; provisions for official <strong>language</strong> and national <strong>language</strong>’ <strong>in</strong> commonwith the constitutions of Cameroon (1973), Ireland (1973) and Switzerland (1998). Thatis to say, the Constitution:(a) <strong>de</strong>signates one or more official and national <strong>language</strong>s and(b) establishes provisions to protect these <strong>language</strong>s.Via this set of constitutional provisions, <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> has also jo<strong>in</strong>ed a small group ofnations that have granted an endogenous <strong>language</strong> equal official status with a former colonial<strong>language</strong>. Other polities that have recently officialised an endogenous <strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong>clu<strong>de</strong>Malaysia, New Zealand, the Philipp<strong>in</strong>es, South Africa, S<strong>in</strong>gapore, Tanzania and Vanuatu;India constitutes an important earlier example.Skutnabb-Kangas (2000, pp. 511–512; 524–525) <strong>de</strong>veloped a framework that classified<strong>language</strong> policy types from a l<strong>in</strong>guistic human rights perspective, broadly divid<strong>in</strong>gthe treatment of <strong>language</strong>s and the rights of their users <strong>in</strong>to four ten<strong>de</strong>ncies, either implicitor explicit, termed:(a) Assimilation-oriented elim<strong>in</strong>ation or prohibition of <strong>language</strong> use (which forcesspeakers to assimilate to the dom<strong>in</strong>ant <strong>language</strong>).(b) Assimilation-oriented tolerance of <strong>language</strong> use (which <strong>de</strong>scribes a <strong>situation</strong> wherethe use of <strong>language</strong>(s) is neither explicitly nor implicitly forbid<strong>de</strong>n).


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 25(c) Non-discrim<strong>in</strong>atory prescription (which <strong>de</strong>scribes a <strong>situation</strong> where people aregranted permission to enjoy their own culture and to use their own <strong>language</strong> – overtor explicit non-discrim<strong>in</strong>atory prescription forbids discrim<strong>in</strong>ation aga<strong>in</strong>st people onthe basis of <strong>language</strong>, a condition that also amounts to a form of implicit toleration).(d) Ma<strong>in</strong>tenance-oriented permission or promotion of <strong>language</strong> use (which is aime<strong>da</strong>t ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g and encourag<strong>in</strong>g the use of a particular <strong>language</strong> or <strong>language</strong>s.Ma<strong>in</strong>tenance-oriented promotion of <strong>language</strong> use <strong>in</strong>clu<strong>de</strong>s the provision of governmentresources for the use of m<strong>in</strong>ority <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> public doma<strong>in</strong>s, the prohibitionof l<strong>in</strong>guistic discrim<strong>in</strong>ation and the <strong>in</strong>stitutionalisation – <strong>in</strong> pr<strong>in</strong>ciple if not always<strong>in</strong> practice – of the use of m<strong>in</strong>ority <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> public doma<strong>in</strong>s. <strong>The</strong>se goals maynot be overt but may be implicit <strong>in</strong> equal rights or anti-discrim<strong>in</strong>ation laws 8 ).Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Provisions for official <strong>language</strong> status <strong>in</strong> legal covenants constitute an importantdimension of l<strong>in</strong>guistic human rights. <strong>The</strong> treatment of <strong>language</strong> rights makes a fun<strong>da</strong>mentalstatement about how i<strong>de</strong>ntity is perceived by the state. Follow<strong>in</strong>g Skutnabb-Kangas (pp. 512–513), Section 13 of the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese Constitution makes a <strong>de</strong>f<strong>in</strong>itivestatement of national i<strong>de</strong>ntity <strong>in</strong> officialis<strong>in</strong>g Portuguese and Tetum and privileg<strong>in</strong>g themover the national <strong>language</strong>s. In terms of the treatment of <strong>language</strong> rights, Clause One ofSection 13 previously cited constitutes an example of assimilation-oriented prohibition(see also Lopes, 1998, pp. 460–461). It implicitly prohibits the use of <strong>language</strong>s otherthan Portuguese and Tetum for official functions and it requires all speakers to usePortuguese and Tetum for official purposes <strong>in</strong>stead of their own <strong>language</strong>s or the shareduse of all <strong>language</strong>s. Clause Two of Section 13 previously cited constitutes an exampleof ma<strong>in</strong>tenance-oriented permission. <strong>The</strong> national <strong>language</strong>s are not forbid<strong>de</strong>n; rathertheir use is permitted and supported but not <strong>in</strong> official <strong>situation</strong>s. Taken together, the twoclauses amount to assimilation-oriented tolerance <strong>in</strong> that the endogenous <strong>language</strong>sare not forbid<strong>de</strong>n but their use is restricted to non-official <strong>situation</strong>s. <strong>The</strong> clauses thatprovi<strong>de</strong> for <strong>in</strong>ternational relations and <strong>language</strong> also privilege Portuguese. AlthoughSection Eight (Constituent Assembly, 2002, p. 14) of the Constitution acknowledges<strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> as an Asia-Pacific nation, ‘proclaim<strong>in</strong>g special ties of friendship andcooperation with its neighbour<strong>in</strong>g countries and the countries of the region’, SectionEight provi<strong>de</strong>s that ‘the Republic shall ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong> privileged ties with the countries whoseofficial <strong>language</strong> is Portuguese’.As Cooper (1989, p. 100) po<strong>in</strong>ts out, there are three types of official <strong>language</strong>. Statutoryofficial <strong>language</strong>s have been <strong>de</strong>f<strong>in</strong>ed as legally appropriate <strong>language</strong>s for all politically andculturally representative purposes on a nationwi<strong>de</strong> basis. Statutory official <strong>language</strong>s havebeen granted legal preference over other <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> given territories (see also Shohamy,2006, p. 61). <strong>The</strong>re are two other types of official <strong>language</strong>: a <strong>language</strong> (or <strong>language</strong>s) usedfor <strong>da</strong>y-to-<strong>da</strong>y activities <strong>in</strong> bus<strong>in</strong>ess and the workplace, known as work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s; and a<strong>language</strong> (or <strong>language</strong>s) used for symbolic purposes, i.e. as a symbol of the state, known assymbolic official <strong>language</strong>s. In Ireland and Israel, Irish and Hebrew are both statutory andsymbolic official <strong>language</strong>s (Cooper, 1989, p. 103). In <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>, Portuguese is both astatutory and symbolic official <strong>language</strong> whereas Tetum is a statutory and symbolic official<strong>language</strong> as well as a national <strong>language</strong>.Work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s hold powerful positions <strong>in</strong> polities. English is both a statutory and awork<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong> Ireland. English has also functioned as a work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong> Israels<strong>in</strong>ce its <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce. French is a <strong>de</strong> facto work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong> former French colonies,such as Algeria, Morocco, Senegal and Tunisia (Cooper, 1989, p. 101). <strong>The</strong> UN has sixwork<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s and the European Union has three. In Eritrea, although there are no


26 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009official <strong>language</strong>s there are two work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s (Arabic and Tigr<strong>in</strong>ya). Some work<strong>in</strong>g<strong>language</strong>s have special status and function as <strong>de</strong> facto official <strong>language</strong>s (Hailemariam,Kroon, & Walters, 1999, p. 486). Fa<strong>in</strong>gold (2004, p. 21) and Cooper (1989) assume theterm work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong> to mean the same as official <strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong> the context of the Ethiopianconstitution, which <strong>de</strong>clares Amharic to be the work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong> of the Fe<strong>de</strong>ral Governmentbecause Amharic is the <strong>da</strong>y-to-<strong>da</strong>y <strong>language</strong> of the Ethiopian legislature, judiciary an<strong>da</strong>dm<strong>in</strong>istration. <strong>The</strong> positions of English and Indonesian are not as clear-cut <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Indonesian is still wi<strong>de</strong>ly used as a <strong>language</strong> of adm<strong>in</strong>istration, bus<strong>in</strong>ess and education.As for English, although it is not the <strong>language</strong> of the judiciary or the civil service, it is used <strong>in</strong>certa<strong>in</strong> formal legislative doma<strong>in</strong>s particularly <strong>in</strong> those where the UN is <strong>in</strong>volved. English isalso used <strong>in</strong> the <strong>Timor</strong> Sea Office and <strong>in</strong> the M<strong>in</strong>istry of Foreign Affairs. Moreover, bothEnglish and Indonesian are used on a <strong>da</strong>ily basis <strong>in</strong> other professional doma<strong>in</strong>s.<strong>The</strong> exact mean<strong>in</strong>g and purpose of Section 159: ‘Work<strong>in</strong>g Languages’ <strong>in</strong> the East<strong>Timor</strong>ese Constitution is a matter of some <strong>de</strong>bate. <strong>The</strong> phrase ‘as long as is <strong>de</strong>emed necessary’is un<strong>de</strong>rstood by many people to imply that the <strong>language</strong> clauses are temporaryand open to change. <strong>The</strong> 2004 Census National Priority Tables (Direcção Nacional <strong>de</strong>Estatística, 2006, p. 46) make the follow<strong>in</strong>g statement regard<strong>in</strong>g Section 159: ‘<strong>The</strong>work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> are English and Indonesian. <strong>The</strong>y have been approved<strong>in</strong> the Constitution to allow for work<strong>in</strong>g communication purposes until such time as the official<strong>language</strong>s [...] are fully <strong>in</strong>tegrated’. Follow<strong>in</strong>g Skutnabb-Kangas (2000, p. 512),Section 159 can be <strong>in</strong>terpreted as an example of assimilation-oriented toleration. WhileIndonesian and English are certa<strong>in</strong>ly not forbid<strong>de</strong>n, the objective seems to be to conta<strong>in</strong>them <strong>in</strong> this category until Portuguese and Tetum are established.An official <strong>language</strong> is a <strong>language</strong> that a government uses for its activities <strong>in</strong> sett<strong>in</strong>gssuch as legislation, public adm<strong>in</strong>istration, the courts, education, the military, law enforcementand so on, whereas a national <strong>language</strong> is a <strong>language</strong> (or <strong>language</strong>s) that a nationadopts as symbolic of its traditional heritage. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese Constitution,Tetum has both official and national status, while the other endogenous <strong>language</strong>s have onlynational status. At present, the national <strong>language</strong>s of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> have symbolic rather thansubstantive status. Scholars from the INL and universities <strong>in</strong> the Netherlands and Australiaare engaged <strong>in</strong> the study and documentation of several endogenous <strong>language</strong>s (Mambae,Naueti, Bekais, Lóvaia and Fataluku). However, I suggest that policymakers need to consi<strong>de</strong>rspecific statutory provision to protect the l<strong>in</strong>guistic rights of endogenous <strong>language</strong>users if their protection and promotion are to become substantive.Three <strong>de</strong>f<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g discourses serve to reconstruct national i<strong>de</strong>ntity <strong>in</strong> the Constitution. <strong>The</strong>most central discourse is found <strong>in</strong> the ‘Valorisation of Resistance’ clause (Section 11, p. 15)commemorat<strong>in</strong>g the struggle for national liberation. As Leach (2002) notes, this clauseembeds the official conception of East <strong>Timor</strong>ese history <strong>in</strong> the statement: ‘<strong>The</strong> DemocraticRepublic of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> acknowledges and values the secular resistance of the People toforeign dom<strong>in</strong>ation and the contribution of all those who fought for national <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce’(Section 11, clause 1). This same clause valorises the Catholic Church for its role <strong>in</strong> unit<strong>in</strong>gthe different <strong>language</strong> groups and facilitat<strong>in</strong>g the emergence of Tetum as an expression ofnational i<strong>de</strong>ntity (Section 11, clause 2). <strong>The</strong> admirably humane ‘Soli<strong>da</strong>rity’ clause (Section10, p. 15) <strong>de</strong>clares soli<strong>da</strong>rity with other national liberation struggles to be a guid<strong>in</strong>g pr<strong>in</strong>cipleof the new State (Section 10, clause 1) and commits the Republic to provid<strong>in</strong>gasylum to all people persecuted <strong>in</strong> struggles for national liberation (Section 10, clause 2).<strong>The</strong>se discourses <strong>in</strong>voke the memory of Indonesian occupation and the resistance struggle.<strong>The</strong> national anthem and flag <strong>de</strong>ploy the emblematic symbols of funu (resistance), patria(homeland) and soli<strong>da</strong>rie<strong>da</strong><strong>de</strong> (soli<strong>da</strong>rity) aga<strong>in</strong>st imperialism. Yet the national anthem,


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 27Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009first used on 28 November 1975, at the orig<strong>in</strong>al <strong>de</strong>claration of <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce, is written only<strong>in</strong> Portuguese. <strong>The</strong> Indonesians prohibited this anthem dur<strong>in</strong>g the occupation and it wasreadopted at the restoration of <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce <strong>in</strong> 2002. To <strong>da</strong>te, it is still sung <strong>in</strong> Portuguese,as there has been no translation <strong>in</strong>to Tetum.While the <strong>language</strong> clauses of the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese Constitution acknowledge societalmultil<strong>in</strong>gualism and attempt to <strong>de</strong>al with its complexities, their provisions are more conservativethan the provisions <strong>in</strong> the <strong>language</strong> clauses of the constitutions of Eritrea and SouthAfrica, especially with regard to the ma<strong>in</strong>tenance and promotion of the endogenous<strong>language</strong>s. South Africa is one of the few nations <strong>in</strong> the world that recognises the l<strong>in</strong>guisticrights of both <strong>in</strong>dividuals and groups. In the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese National Constitution, the rightto speak and un<strong>de</strong>rstand a <strong>language</strong> of one’s choice is an implicit component of <strong>in</strong>dividualfreedom of speech and freedom from discrim<strong>in</strong>ation mak<strong>in</strong>g the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese Constitutionone of the most progressive <strong>in</strong> the world. It enshr<strong>in</strong>es the rights of freedom of speech and<strong>in</strong>formation (Section 40, clauses 1–2), along with the right to enjoy one’s cultural heritage(Section 59: p. 5). It guarantees the right of freedom from discrim<strong>in</strong>ation on grounds ofcolour, race, marital status, gen<strong>de</strong>r, ethnic orig<strong>in</strong>, <strong>language</strong>, social or economic status,political or i<strong>de</strong>ological convictions, education and physical or mental condition (Section16, clause 2). Unlike the South African Constitution, it does not mention the <strong>language</strong>rights of groups. <strong>The</strong> drawback of the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese laissez-faire approach to <strong>language</strong>plann<strong>in</strong>g is that it stops short of the active promotion of <strong>language</strong> rights for m<strong>in</strong>ority ornational <strong>language</strong>s – that is, it enacts a constra<strong>in</strong>t that can effectively mean that thedom<strong>in</strong>ation of certa<strong>in</strong> <strong>language</strong> groups goes unchallenged. To un<strong>de</strong>rstand the discoursesof the Constitution, it is necessary to situate them <strong>in</strong> their historical context. In or<strong>de</strong>r toun<strong>de</strong>rstand the symbolic power of <strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>, this monograph now returnsto the past to consi<strong>de</strong>r the <strong>in</strong>fluences that have shaped the habitus.Part III: <strong>language</strong> contact and spreadAs Thomaz (2002) attests, there has been a long association between the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese andthe Malays. <strong>The</strong> Tetum word malae used to <strong>de</strong>scribe all foreigners comes from Malay. Untilthe beg<strong>in</strong>n<strong>in</strong>g of the n<strong>in</strong>eteenth century, Malay words constituted the majority of loanwords<strong>in</strong> Tetum. Place names, numerals and occupational words, especially those hav<strong>in</strong>g to dowith fish<strong>in</strong>g and agriculture, reflect a long and close relationship with the Malays. AsMalay <strong>de</strong>cl<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> use, Portuguese took its place as the primary lexifier <strong>language</strong> forTetum until the Indonesian occupation – a time when words from mo<strong>de</strong>rn Indonesianbegan to <strong>in</strong>fluence the <strong>language</strong>.<strong>The</strong> Portuguese arrived on the island of <strong>Timor</strong> <strong>in</strong> 1514, attracted by the opportunity toexploit the island’s san<strong>da</strong>lwood forests. Missionary work began after 1566 when the Dom<strong>in</strong>icanserected a fortress-settlement on the island of Solor. <strong>The</strong> <strong>de</strong>scen<strong>da</strong>nts of Portuguesesailors who married local women at the orig<strong>in</strong>al settlement on Solor were known as theTopasses. 9 <strong>The</strong> Topasse population had two dist<strong>in</strong>ctive features: the first feature was itsuse of Portuguese <strong>in</strong> addition to Malay as well as the local <strong>language</strong>s; the second featurewas its <strong>de</strong>vout Catholicism. <strong>The</strong> Topasses allied themselves to the Dom<strong>in</strong>icans and althoughthey were reluctant to accept any outsi<strong>de</strong> appo<strong>in</strong>tee of the Portuguese crown, they werefiercely loyal to the <strong>language</strong>. After the Dutch attacked the settlement on Solor <strong>in</strong> 1613,they allowed the Topasses to leave. <strong>The</strong>reafter the Topasses moved their base to Larantuka<strong>in</strong> Flores and from there they came to command the tra<strong>de</strong> routes between Solor, Larantukaand <strong>Timor</strong>. In 1641, the Topasses established a settlement at Lifau <strong>in</strong> Oecussi, and <strong>in</strong>


28 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 20091642, they attacked the Tetum-speak<strong>in</strong>g k<strong>in</strong>gdom of Wehali on the central south coast of<strong>Timor</strong> with the objective of ga<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g control of the san<strong>da</strong>lwood tra<strong>de</strong>.Although various scholars have <strong>de</strong>scribed the history of Tetum (Fox, 1997, 2003; Hull1998a, 1998b, 1999; Schulte Nordholt, 1971; Thomaz, 1981, 1994, 2002), very little isknown about the process of <strong>language</strong> change and how or why the dialects of Tetum havediverged from one another. <strong>The</strong> expansion of Tetum-speak<strong>in</strong>g people from their traditionalplace of orig<strong>in</strong> on the central south coast to the north and along the south coast resulted <strong>in</strong>several dist<strong>in</strong>ct forms of Tetum (Figure 3). Tetum-Terik or rural Tetum (also known as ClassicalTetum as well as Tetum-Loos or True Tetum) is the name given to the <strong>language</strong> varietyspoken along the central south coast and its h<strong>in</strong>terland. <strong>The</strong> <strong>language</strong> variety spoken aroundthe bor<strong>de</strong>r region <strong>in</strong> a north–south strip from the Ombai Strait to the <strong>Timor</strong> Sea is known asTetum-Belu. <strong>The</strong> variety spoken <strong>in</strong> the capital city of Dili and its surrounds became knownas Tetum-Praça, the city be<strong>in</strong>g traditionally referred to by the Portuguese as a praça forte(fortress) and also as Tetum-Dili because it established itself as the vernacular of Dili as thearea became urbanised.Accord<strong>in</strong>g to Fox (2003, pp. 11–12), <strong>in</strong> 1777, the Portuguese regar<strong>de</strong>d the island of<strong>Timor</strong> as divi<strong>de</strong>d <strong>in</strong>to two prov<strong>in</strong>ces: the western prov<strong>in</strong>ce of Servião, consist<strong>in</strong>g of 16re<strong>in</strong>os (k<strong>in</strong>gdoms) situated <strong>in</strong> the western part of the island of <strong>Timor</strong> and <strong>in</strong>habited bythe Vaiqueno (Baikenu or Atoni) people; and the eastern prov<strong>in</strong>ce of Belu (Prov<strong>in</strong>cia dosBellos) dom<strong>in</strong>ated by the Tetum-speak<strong>in</strong>g <strong>da</strong>tos (lords) ofBelu and compris<strong>in</strong>g at least46 k<strong>in</strong>gdoms extend<strong>in</strong>g across the central eastern part of the island of <strong>Timor</strong>. 10 Thomaz(1981, p. 58) surmises that the spread of Tetum was the result of the <strong>in</strong>fluence of the powerfulTetum-speak<strong>in</strong>g Belu k<strong>in</strong>gdom of Wehali, traditionally known as the ritual centre ofBelu. Dili was traditionally a Mambae-speak<strong>in</strong>g area and this <strong>language</strong> is still spokenoutsi<strong>de</strong> a four or five mile radius of the town. Thomaz (1981, pp. 58–59) suggests twoplausible reasons for the spread of Tetum:(i) that Tetum-Praça spread <strong>in</strong> Dili because as the capital of the territory, it was anatural place for <strong>language</strong> contact;(ii) that assisted by Catholic evangelism, Tetum came to play a unify<strong>in</strong>g and differentiat<strong>in</strong>grole, similar to that of the national <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> Europe.<strong>The</strong> comb<strong>in</strong>ation of aggressive Topasse activities together with constant skirmishes with theDutch eventually led the Portuguese to relocate from Lifau to Dili, where they established asettlement <strong>in</strong> 1769. As Fox (2003, p. 17) observes, European colonialists had difficulty <strong>in</strong>conceptualis<strong>in</strong>g the power of native rulers. <strong>The</strong> Portuguese used the royal <strong>de</strong>signation ofrei (k<strong>in</strong>g) and <strong>in</strong>stituted a hierarchy of military ranks from colonel to lieutenant beforethey settled on the title liurai (<strong>in</strong> its orig<strong>in</strong>al mean<strong>in</strong>g ‘surpass<strong>in</strong>g the earth’), as equivalentto a local k<strong>in</strong>g. Most liurais, fear<strong>in</strong>g Dutch dom<strong>in</strong>ation but also <strong>in</strong>fluenced by the Dom<strong>in</strong>icanfriars, who were anxious to prevent the spread of Calv<strong>in</strong>ism, transferred their allegiance tothe k<strong>in</strong>g of Portugal. <strong>The</strong> territory slowly came un<strong>de</strong>r colonial control from the 1860sonwards but the Portuguese found it very difficult to control the territory and there were constantlocal rebellions that have entered East <strong>Timor</strong>ese historical discourse as 300 years offunu or resistance to colonial rule. While the <strong>de</strong>tails of the bitter rivalry, recurrent disputes,battles and negotiations between the Dutch and the Portuguese over the island of <strong>Timor</strong> from1816 to 1916 make fasc<strong>in</strong>at<strong>in</strong>g read<strong>in</strong>g, they rema<strong>in</strong> beyond the scope of this monograph.Nevertheless, it is essential to appreciate that this rivalry and the complex web of alliancesbetween <strong>in</strong>digenous rulers and colonialists were fun<strong>da</strong>mentally connected with the formationof i<strong>de</strong>ntities. With the division of the island, the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese were <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>gly committed


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 29Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009to the Portuguese colonial project and consequently <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>gly disconnected from eventsthat were to shape post-colonial Indonesia and Southeast Asia (Gunn, 1999, p. 156).As Fox (2003, p. 11) notes, it was only after relentless <strong>in</strong>cursions from Dili <strong>in</strong>to the<strong>in</strong>terior that the Portuguese were able to establish some <strong>de</strong>gree of control over the native politiesand their rulers. At least 60 military missions were sent to subdue the East <strong>Timor</strong>esebetween 1847 and 1913 (p. 16). It was only at the time of the 1913–14 Manufahi rebellion 11(triggered by an <strong>in</strong>creased poll tax), when the Portuguese succee<strong>de</strong>d <strong>in</strong> organis<strong>in</strong>g an alliancewith several k<strong>in</strong>gdoms, that they were able to effectively establish colonial dom<strong>in</strong>ation andwere able to spread their control gradually throughout eastern <strong>Timor</strong>. <strong>The</strong> seriousness of theManufahi rebellion ma<strong>de</strong> it clear to the colonial powers that further rebellions could not betolerated. <strong>The</strong> Portuguese practice of conferr<strong>in</strong>g military ranks on <strong>in</strong>digenous lea<strong>de</strong>rs was aneffort to construct allegiances and exert some <strong>de</strong>gree of control. A colonial army was raisedfrom each k<strong>in</strong>gdom and every liurai organised his own civilian militia or Companhia <strong>de</strong>Moradores. This system gave rise to a creolised variety of Portuguese <strong>in</strong> the Dili suburbof Bi<strong>da</strong>u after 1851 (Albarran Carvalho, 2001; Baxter, 1990). This creole, which hadbecome obsolete by the 1950s, had its orig<strong>in</strong>s <strong>in</strong> the form of Portuguese spoken by the <strong>Timor</strong>esetroops who took the place of the Malay-speak<strong>in</strong>g troops from Sika <strong>in</strong> Flores. <strong>The</strong> creolespoken by these troops came to be known as the Portuguese of Bi<strong>da</strong>u (Thomaz, 1981).Cont<strong>in</strong>uous wars ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong>ed this colonial military system almost <strong>in</strong>to the twentiethcentury and many Tetum words orig<strong>in</strong>ate from this system (Thomaz, 2002, p. 112). Byabout 1845, the use of Tetum and Portuguese was well established and had begun to displaceMalay. Tetum was used as a contact <strong>language</strong> throughout the colony. <strong>The</strong> use ofMalay is presently conf<strong>in</strong>ed to the Muslim community, the <strong>de</strong>scen<strong>da</strong>nts of Arabs fromHadramaut who came to <strong>Timor</strong> via Java, <strong>in</strong> the Kampung Alor suburb of Dili, once alsoknown as the Campo Mouro (the Moorish area). At present, this community is isolate<strong>da</strong>nd somewhat ostracised.Japanese military occupation 1942–45: untold sociol<strong>in</strong>guistic history<strong>The</strong> island of <strong>Timor</strong> became a part of the Pacific theatre of operations dur<strong>in</strong>g the SecondWorld War. <strong>The</strong> Japanese occupied Portuguese <strong>Timor</strong> between 1942 and 1945 – aperiod of extreme hardship for the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese. Some 40,000 people died resist<strong>in</strong>g theoccupation and assist<strong>in</strong>g Australian troops. By the time the Japanese surren<strong>de</strong>red, theEast <strong>Timor</strong>ese population was close to starvation. Women suffered particular abuses oftheir human rights through the system of sexual slavery (women enslaved as ‘comfortwomen’ by the Japanese) that existed throughout <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> dur<strong>in</strong>g the 3.5-year Japaneseoccupation (CAVR, 2006; Turner, 1992). Gunn (1999, p. 226) mentions that, as <strong>in</strong> otherparts of Japanese occupied Southeast Asia, the colonial education system was dismantle<strong>da</strong>nd Japanese <strong>language</strong> teach<strong>in</strong>g was <strong>in</strong>troduced (also see Kaplan & Bal<strong>da</strong>uf, 2003).However, as Gunn comments, it is difficult to imag<strong>in</strong>e this practice be<strong>in</strong>g enforcedoutsi<strong>de</strong> Dili given the <strong>in</strong>stability of the <strong>situation</strong>. At present, there are no <strong>da</strong>ta that I amaware of concern<strong>in</strong>g the sociol<strong>in</strong>guistics of the Japanese occupation of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Thisaspect of the period can therefore only be treated as part of untold history.Post-war Portuguese colonial policy, plann<strong>in</strong>g and practice: the promotionof Portuguese as the <strong>language</strong> of the eliteAfter the Second World War, Portugal began to <strong>in</strong>vest more extensively <strong>in</strong> the social <strong>de</strong>velopmentof its colony. <strong>The</strong> <strong>de</strong>velopment of an authoritarian, corporatist state un<strong>de</strong>r the


30 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009dictator, António Salazar (1932–68), <strong>de</strong>veloped a colonial economic policy based onmaximum wealth extraction coupled with autarchic trad<strong>in</strong>g policies that ma<strong>de</strong> the coloniescaptive markets for Portuguese goods. Foreign <strong>in</strong>vestment <strong>in</strong> the colonies was discouragedbecause commercial opportunities were reserved for the exploitation of the Portuguesealone. This strategy was accompanied by the compulsory production of raw materials <strong>in</strong>the colonies <strong>in</strong> or<strong>de</strong>r to support the <strong>in</strong>dustries of Portugal. Compulsory crop productionwas supplemented by forced labour and high taxation (Meijer & Birm<strong>in</strong>gham, 2004;Smith, 1974). This process was accompanied by an i<strong>de</strong>ology that emphasised Portugal’smission to br<strong>in</strong>g civilisation to the benighted natives who <strong>in</strong>habited the colonies. A conservative,triumphalist Catholicism was promoted by the State and propagated <strong>in</strong> its colonies.This i<strong>de</strong>ological framework was elaborated <strong>in</strong>to the discourse of lusotropicalism, claim<strong>in</strong>gthat Portugal had a special aff<strong>in</strong>ity with peoples of the tropics enabl<strong>in</strong>g them to fulfil a civilis<strong>in</strong>gmission free of racism (Almei<strong>da</strong>, 2001; Ellsworth, 1999; Ferreira-Men<strong>de</strong>s, 1940).Portugal cont<strong>in</strong>ued to govern by means of a comb<strong>in</strong>ation of direct and <strong>in</strong>direct rule, manag<strong>in</strong>gthe population through traditional power structures rather than by us<strong>in</strong>g colonial civilservants as the British and Dutch had <strong>in</strong> their colonies. This Portuguese practice encouragedthe ongo<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>corporation of traditional society <strong>in</strong>to the colonial system (UNDP, 2002,p. 71). Colonial policy permitted educated members of a small elite group to becomefull Portuguese citizens with Portuguese civil rights. In or<strong>de</strong>r to qualify for membership<strong>in</strong> the elite, an <strong>in</strong>dividual had to assimilate fully <strong>in</strong>to the Portuguese way of life andfaith, a practice requir<strong>in</strong>g a shift to the Portuguese <strong>language</strong>.In the aftermath of the Second World War, the Charter of the United Nations affirmedthe right of subject peoples to <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce and rejected colonialism, plac<strong>in</strong>g Portugalun<strong>de</strong>r <strong>in</strong>tense pressure to rel<strong>in</strong>quish its colonies (Retrieved February 28, 2008, fromwww.unhchr.ch/html/menu3/b/ch-cont.htm). In anticipation of admission to the UN,Portugal sought to br<strong>in</strong>g about the <strong>in</strong>tegration of its colonies by amend<strong>in</strong>g the PortugueseConstitution <strong>in</strong> 1951. <strong>The</strong> amendment erased the word colonies and replaced it with the termoverseas territories. Hence, there could be no justification for refus<strong>in</strong>g Portuguese membershipof the UN (Ferreira, 1974, p. 13). <strong>The</strong> Organic Law (Number 2066) of PortugueseOverseas Territories, enacted by the Salazar dictatorship <strong>in</strong> 1953, affirmed that all colonieswere províncias ultramar<strong>in</strong>as (overseas prov<strong>in</strong>ces) of Portugal. Resolution 1542 of 15December 1960, carried by the UN General Assembly listed territories then un<strong>de</strong>r theadm<strong>in</strong>istration of Portugal as non-self-govern<strong>in</strong>g territories with<strong>in</strong> the mean<strong>in</strong>g ofChapter XI of the UN Charter (Article 73 Declaration regard<strong>in</strong>g non-self-govern<strong>in</strong>g territories.Retrieved May 2, 2008, from http://www.unhchr.ch/html/menu3/b/chcont.htm).This <strong>de</strong>signation persisted until as recently as the 1970s when the PortugueseOverseas Organic Law of 1972 <strong>de</strong>signated all territories as autonomous regions of thePortuguese Republic (Ferreira, 1974, p. 38).An essential component of this highly centralised colonial policy was the <strong>de</strong>signation ofPortuguese as the official <strong>language</strong> of <strong>in</strong>struction <strong>in</strong> all of Portugal’s colonies. <strong>The</strong> acquisitionof Portuguese was promoted through both the education system and the Church.Although the early missionaries <strong>in</strong> Portuguese <strong>Timor</strong> had used Tetum, the <strong>language</strong> usedby the Church dur<strong>in</strong>g this period was Portuguese. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to Aditjondro (1994,p. 40), by 1975, almost a quarter of the population had converted to the Catholic faith.In 1952, the first liceu (high school) opened <strong>in</strong> Dili and the first vocational schoolopened 4 years later. Staff<strong>in</strong>g numbers <strong>in</strong>dicate the small scale of the project. By the endof 1974, there were 200 teachers <strong>in</strong> Portuguese <strong>Timor</strong>, of whom 16 were Portuguese andthe rest were East <strong>Timor</strong>ese. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to Nichol (1978, pp. 21–22), only a small percentageof the group had any teacher tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g. Taylor (1991, p. 17) reports that the numbers of


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 31East <strong>Timor</strong>ese children attend<strong>in</strong>g primary school between 1954 and 1974 <strong>in</strong>creased from8000 to 57,000. <strong>The</strong>se children were subjected to a classically subtractive mo<strong>de</strong>l of school<strong>in</strong>g.Education – for those who completed primary school education and for the still smallernumber who graduated from secon<strong>da</strong>ry school – required that children use Portuguese.As the person who was ma<strong>in</strong>ly responsible for education <strong>in</strong> the colonies, then OverseasM<strong>in</strong>ister Silva Cunha stated <strong>in</strong> 1972:Education must [therefore] be em<strong>in</strong>ently pragmatic <strong>in</strong> this sense. It cannot have as its objectivethe mere spread<strong>in</strong>g of knowledge but rather the formation of citizens capable of feel<strong>in</strong>g to thefull the imperatives of Portuguese life, know<strong>in</strong>g how to <strong>in</strong>terpret them and mak<strong>in</strong>g them a constantreality <strong>in</strong> or<strong>de</strong>r to secure the cont<strong>in</strong>uation of the nation (English translation <strong>in</strong> Ferreira,1974, pp. 80–85).Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009<strong>The</strong> Portuguese <strong>language</strong> was compulsory – the only one to be used <strong>in</strong> education. ElsewhereSilva Cunha asserted: ‘We must be obst<strong>in</strong>ate, <strong>in</strong>transigent and <strong>in</strong>satiable <strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>tensificationand use of the Portuguese <strong>language</strong>’ (English translation <strong>in</strong> Ferreira, 1974, p. 85).<strong>The</strong>re was strict enforcement of the <strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong> the classroom. As reported <strong>in</strong> P<strong>in</strong>to andJard<strong>in</strong>e (1997, p. 35) and <strong>in</strong> my own <strong>in</strong>terview <strong>da</strong>ta (Taylor-Leech, 2007), the punishmentfor speak<strong>in</strong>g anyth<strong>in</strong>g other than Portuguese <strong>in</strong> school could be a palma<strong>da</strong> (a slap <strong>in</strong> theface) or a beat<strong>in</strong>g with the palmatória (a thick piece of wood with a handle and a discwith holes <strong>in</strong> it so that there was no air to cushion the blows, rais<strong>in</strong>g pa<strong>in</strong>ful welts on thehands). This is a classic feature of assimilation <strong>in</strong> which teachers act as its agents by punish<strong>in</strong>gstu<strong>de</strong>nts for us<strong>in</strong>g their native <strong>language</strong>s. This type of punishment has been traditionallyused to enforce l<strong>in</strong>guistic assimilation <strong>in</strong> many colonial environments – e.g. Australia, theUK, the USA and across Lat<strong>in</strong> America and Asia.<strong>The</strong> small number of East <strong>Timor</strong>ese who reached junior secon<strong>da</strong>ry school formed thecore of the <strong>in</strong>tellectual elite. <strong>The</strong>re was a high school, a technical school and a teacher tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>gcollege. <strong>The</strong> sem<strong>in</strong>aries provi<strong>de</strong>d education for stu<strong>de</strong>nts who were <strong>de</strong>st<strong>in</strong>ed to enter thepriesthood or the civil service. A privileged few assimilado (assimilated) stu<strong>de</strong>nts obta<strong>in</strong>edthe opportunity to study <strong>in</strong> Portugal but by 1974 there were only a handful of universitygraduates (Taylor, 1991, p. 17). <strong>The</strong> irony of colonialism was that this t<strong>in</strong>y group of educate<strong>da</strong>ssimilados provi<strong>de</strong>d the lea<strong>de</strong>rship and momentum for its eventual <strong>de</strong>feat; thiselite group emerged as the major actors <strong>in</strong> the movement for <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce. Most graduatestook up posts <strong>in</strong> government, adm<strong>in</strong>istration, the health sector, education or the army. In thisprocess, as Taylor (1991, p. 18) writes, ‘they came up aga<strong>in</strong>st the familiar realities of theirchildhood: rigid political control, colonial hierarchies, propagan<strong>da</strong> masquerad<strong>in</strong>g as education<strong>in</strong> poorly resourced schools and a rural sector where basic diseases wereen<strong>de</strong>mic’. In the 1960s, it began to seem possible that new political and social groupscould emerge, hav<strong>in</strong>g the ability to express their aspirations for national <strong>de</strong>velopmentwith<strong>in</strong> the framework of <strong>in</strong>digenous social values (Taylor, 1991, pp. 18–19). <strong>The</strong>y usedPortuguese and Tetum to express their awareness of the country’s potential for <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce.<strong>The</strong>se <strong>de</strong>velopments mirror similar events <strong>in</strong> other colonised territories, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>gPortugal’s African colonies (see Davidson, 1972; Ferreira, 1974). <strong>The</strong> Philipp<strong>in</strong>es is aneighbor<strong>in</strong>g case (see Gonzales, 1980).Ch<strong>in</strong>ese as an immigrant <strong>language</strong>Ch<strong>in</strong>ese speakers have been present on the island of <strong>Timor</strong> s<strong>in</strong>ce at least 1699. Merchantsfrom Macao and Taiwan were extensively engaged <strong>in</strong> the san<strong>da</strong>lwood tra<strong>de</strong> and <strong>in</strong> import–export bus<strong>in</strong>esses. <strong>The</strong> Official Census of 1970 estimated the Ch<strong>in</strong>ese community at 6120


32 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009persons (Dunn, 1983, p. 8). Accord<strong>in</strong>g to Dunn (p. 8), <strong>in</strong> the early 1960s of the 400 or sowholesale and retail enterprises <strong>in</strong> the Portuguese colony all but three or four were <strong>in</strong>Ch<strong>in</strong>ese hands; however, as Dunn notes, s<strong>in</strong>ce this figure omitted the large number ofCh<strong>in</strong>ese-<strong>Timor</strong>ese (who consi<strong>de</strong>red themselves Ch<strong>in</strong>ese <strong>in</strong> cultural terms), the real figurewas perhaps twice that number. <strong>The</strong> Ch<strong>in</strong>ese ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong>ed a close-knit social group, rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>gsocially segregated from the endogenous communities. Even at the end of thePortuguese colonial period very few Ch<strong>in</strong>ese <strong>in</strong>dividuals held Portuguese citizenship,most of them hold<strong>in</strong>g Taiwanese passports. <strong>The</strong> Ch<strong>in</strong>ese established a separate Man<strong>da</strong>r<strong>in</strong>-mediumschool<strong>in</strong>g system (Hajek, 2000, p. 403). Follow<strong>in</strong>g the Taiwanese curriculum,the stu<strong>de</strong>nts studied Man<strong>da</strong>r<strong>in</strong>, Ch<strong>in</strong>ese history and Ch<strong>in</strong>ese culture, a system thatwas tolerated by the Portuguese colonial adm<strong>in</strong>istration on the proviso that all stu<strong>de</strong>ntsalso studied Portuguese. This school<strong>in</strong>g system produced a population that was literate<strong>in</strong> Man<strong>da</strong>r<strong>in</strong> and Portuguese. <strong>The</strong> children usually used Hakka at home (John Hajek, Universityof Melbourne, personal communication, 18 July, 2007). In addition, they commonlyspoke Tetum and <strong>in</strong> some cases another vernacular <strong>language</strong> <strong>de</strong>pend<strong>in</strong>g on the locality <strong>in</strong>which they lived. <strong>The</strong> l<strong>in</strong>ks between Ch<strong>in</strong>a and Macao were important not only becauseof commerce but also as far as the Church was concerned. In<strong>de</strong>ed, Portuguese <strong>Timor</strong>was part of the diocese of Macao. In the Indonesian <strong>in</strong>vasion of 1975, the <strong>in</strong>vad<strong>in</strong>gforces killed many Ch<strong>in</strong>ese; some groups were <strong>de</strong>liberately targeted while others werekilled <strong>in</strong> random attacks. Most survivors fled the country, abandon<strong>in</strong>g their schools andbus<strong>in</strong>esses. At present, as the 2004 census <strong>da</strong>ta show, speakers of Ch<strong>in</strong>ese varieties constituteonly a small m<strong>in</strong>ority <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> (Table 4). <strong>The</strong> Census Tables do not specifywhich varieties of Ch<strong>in</strong>ese are spoken.<strong>The</strong> Democratic Republic of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>: the popularisation of Tetumas the <strong>language</strong> of the common people<strong>The</strong> process of <strong>de</strong>colonisation <strong>in</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong> was <strong>in</strong>itiated <strong>in</strong> 1974 follow<strong>in</strong>g from revolutionthat overthrew the Salazar dictatorship <strong>in</strong> Portugal. In July 1975, the Portuguese governmentpromulgated Constitutional law 7/75 provid<strong>in</strong>g for the formation of a transitionalgovernment <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> <strong>in</strong> preparation for the election of a popular assembly <strong>in</strong> October1976. <strong>The</strong> popular assembly was to be responsible for <strong>de</strong>term<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the future of the territory.Political group<strong>in</strong>gs <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> began to prepare for <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce. In the 1970s, theAssociação Social Democrática <strong>Timor</strong>ense (<strong>Timor</strong>ese Social Democratic Association) –known as ASDT – was the first political group<strong>in</strong>g to use local <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> addition toPortuguese at its meet<strong>in</strong>gs. As Taylor (1991, p. 42) notes, this strategy offered an effectivemeans of reach<strong>in</strong>g the mass of the population who spoke no Portuguese and were relativelyunaffected by European culture. FRETILIN (see Part I) was the ASDT’s successor organisation.FRETILIN used Tetum-Praça as the <strong>language</strong> of the maubere i.e. the commonpeople; the term maubere be<strong>in</strong>g taken from the name of a character <strong>in</strong> Mambae mythology.Whereas the Portuguese had used the word <strong>in</strong> a <strong>de</strong>rogatory sense, FRETILIN transformed it<strong>in</strong>to a symbol of cultural i<strong>de</strong>ntity and national pri<strong>de</strong> us<strong>in</strong>g the phrase ‘the Maubere people’as an expression of soli<strong>da</strong>rity. FRETILIN also promoted Tetum <strong>in</strong> its literacy campaigns <strong>in</strong>the rural areas, us<strong>in</strong>g volunteers to teach adults to read and write.<strong>The</strong> found<strong>in</strong>g <strong>de</strong>claration of FRETILIN <strong>in</strong> 1975 stated its <strong>in</strong>tention to reta<strong>in</strong> Portugueseas the official <strong>language</strong>, while establish<strong>in</strong>g a programme for the study of Tetum and thevernacular <strong>language</strong>s. However as Jolliffe (1978, p. 335) notes, FRETILIN was not theonly organisation to support the retention of Portuguese. Support for the officialisation ofPortuguese was spread across the political spectrum. FRETILIN’s political rival, the Uniâo


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 33Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Democrática <strong>Timor</strong>ense (<strong>Timor</strong>ese Democratic Union) – known as UDT – advocated ‘the<strong>in</strong>tegration of the <strong>Timor</strong>ese people through the use of the Portuguese <strong>language</strong>’ (p. 337).Even the party that supported <strong>in</strong>tegration with Indonesia, the Associação Popular Democrática<strong>Timor</strong>ense (Popular East <strong>Timor</strong>ese Democratic Association) – known asAPODETI – stated that it would support the right ‘to enjoy the Portuguese <strong>language</strong>’ aswell as the use of Indonesian as the <strong>language</strong> of <strong>in</strong>struction (p. 326). FRETILIN stoodout from the other political parties <strong>in</strong> that, although it adopted Portuguese as its official<strong>language</strong>, it went even further <strong>in</strong> promot<strong>in</strong>g traditional cultural forms, a feature evi<strong>de</strong>nt<strong>in</strong> its literacy program, follow<strong>in</strong>g the Freirean pr<strong>in</strong>ciples <strong>de</strong>signed to change the consciousnessof the oppressed through educational dialogue, praxis (or <strong>in</strong>formed action) and conscientialização,better un<strong>de</strong>rstood as awareness rais<strong>in</strong>g (Freire, 1972). FRETILIN’sfound<strong>in</strong>g programme <strong>de</strong>clared the objective of foster<strong>in</strong>g the literature and art of thevarious ethnic groups through cultural exchanges and ‘the enrichment not only of East<strong>Timor</strong>ese culture as a whole, but also as a contribution to universal culture’ (Jolliffe,1978, p. 335).As Gunn acknowledges (1999, p. 267), the construction of the maubere i<strong>de</strong>ntity was amasterstroke on the part of FRETILIN. I<strong>de</strong>ntification with the values of mauberism <strong>in</strong> noway weakened one’s k<strong>in</strong>ship or tribal alliances. Currently, the term maubere provokesmixed reactions (see Esperança, 2001, pp. 49–156). Some reject it because of its mascul<strong>in</strong>e,patriarchal connotations. Nevertheless, mauberism represents the construction of a uniqueethnonational i<strong>de</strong>ntity for the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese, an i<strong>de</strong>ntity that enabled a unified nationalresistance movement to come together as a force for change. <strong>The</strong> <strong>de</strong>velopment of othersuch <strong>in</strong>digenous cultural forms as music, poetry and <strong>da</strong>nce as well as the use of vernacular<strong>language</strong>s enabled FRETILIN to express their i<strong>de</strong>as <strong>in</strong> ways with which the common peoplecould i<strong>de</strong>ntify. FRETILIN first <strong>de</strong>clared <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce <strong>in</strong> 1975 after ga<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the upper hand<strong>in</strong> the short civil war that followed a coup d’état by the UDT. This <strong>de</strong>claration was ma<strong>de</strong> <strong>in</strong>the hope that there would be UN support for a sovereign state. Follow<strong>in</strong>g the norms of thetime, FRETILIN opted for the former colonial <strong>language</strong> as the <strong>language</strong> of wi<strong>de</strong>r communication.Ten <strong>da</strong>ys after the <strong>de</strong>claration of <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce, the Tentara Nasional Indonesia(Indonesian Armed Forces) (or the TNI) <strong>in</strong>va<strong>de</strong>d the territory. In the 24-year occupationthat followed the l<strong>in</strong>guistic landscape changed dramatically.To this po<strong>in</strong>t, this monograph has followed the history of Malay, Tetum and Portuguesefrom the sixteenth to the late-twentieth century <strong>in</strong> or<strong>de</strong>r to expla<strong>in</strong> their cont<strong>in</strong>uity and theirplace <strong>in</strong> the habitus. However, <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> then experienced a second very different formof colonialism. <strong>The</strong> follow<strong>in</strong>g sections trace the impact of coercive <strong>language</strong> shift un<strong>de</strong>rIndonesian occupation.Indonesian <strong>language</strong> plann<strong>in</strong>g 1975–99: coercive <strong>language</strong> shift<strong>The</strong> Indonesian <strong>in</strong>vasion of 1975 resulted <strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>tegration of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> <strong>in</strong>to Indonesiaas its 27th prov<strong>in</strong>ce, usher<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> a long period <strong>in</strong> which the human rights of the East <strong>Timor</strong>esepeople were ignored – a period dur<strong>in</strong>g which the l<strong>in</strong>guistic landscape changed dramatically.Saturation bomb<strong>in</strong>g by the TNI dur<strong>in</strong>g the <strong>in</strong>vasion and <strong>in</strong> the pacification campaignsthat followed caused massive loss of life among the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese. <strong>The</strong> TNI conducted aseries of encircl<strong>in</strong>g movements and annihilation campaigns <strong>in</strong> or<strong>de</strong>r to cut off and conta<strong>in</strong>the resistance forces, which also caused great loss of civilian life. By 1980, an estimated200,000 East <strong>Timor</strong>ese out of a pre-<strong>in</strong>vasion population of less than 700,000 had died(Rob<strong>in</strong>son, 2003, p. 16). In 1975–76 some 4000 refugees fled to Portugal and Australia(Liddle, 1992, p. 22) and another 40,000 people fled over the bor<strong>de</strong>r to West <strong>Timor</strong>


34 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009(CAVR, 2006, p. 75). Immediately after the <strong>in</strong>vasion, most East <strong>Timor</strong>ese took refuge <strong>in</strong> themounta<strong>in</strong>s where they survived for 3 years outsi<strong>de</strong> Indonesian control beh<strong>in</strong>d FRETILINl<strong>in</strong>es. In these areas, FRETILIN organised its popular education programmes. After an<strong>in</strong>tensive campaign of bomb<strong>in</strong>g and air attacks by the TNI, many of those East <strong>Timor</strong>esewho had taken refuge <strong>in</strong> the mounta<strong>in</strong>s were forced down <strong>in</strong>to the lowlands where theywere met and killed by Indonesian soldiers. Those who survived were relocated by theTNI <strong>in</strong>to the newly established resettlement villages, known as ‘strategic hamlets’. Thisforced resettlement of East <strong>Timor</strong>ese communities resulted <strong>in</strong> starvation because the strategichamlets did not have accessible plots of land that could be cultivated. Forcedresettlement also led to the dispersal of traditional speech communities. <strong>The</strong> Indonesiangovernment <strong>de</strong>signated <strong>Timor</strong> Timur, as they called the annexed territory, a transmigrasi(transmigration) area. <strong>The</strong> transmigration programme was an important vehicle for thespread of Indonesian among the highly concentrated East <strong>Timor</strong>ese populations. By1980, there were a reported 150 transmigration sites for <strong>in</strong>com<strong>in</strong>g Javanese and Bal<strong>in</strong>ese(Hajek, 2002, p. 193).<strong>The</strong> stan<strong>da</strong>rdisation and mo<strong>de</strong>rnisation of Indonesian has been rightly hailed as a monumentalachievement <strong>in</strong> l<strong>in</strong>guistic plann<strong>in</strong>g and reform, carried out over a relatively shortperiod of time (see, e.g. Alisjahbana, 1975; Fishman, 1978; Sneddon, 2003). Indonesianrepresents what Gellner refers to as high culture. It is a school-mediated, aca<strong>de</strong>mysupervisedidiom that has been ‘codified for the requirements of a reasonably precisebureaucratic and technological communication’ (1983, p. 57). Besi<strong>de</strong>s the official communicativefunctions that Indonesian now serves, it is also ‘expressly the symbol of nationalpri<strong>de</strong> and i<strong>de</strong>ntity and a tool for the unification of Indonesia’s diverse ethnic, cultural and<strong>language</strong> groups’ (Lowenburg, 1992, p. 66). Indonesian <strong>language</strong> i<strong>de</strong>ology <strong>in</strong> the annexedprov<strong>in</strong>ce of <strong>Timor</strong> Timur was propagated though the aggressive spread of the Indonesian<strong>language</strong> and the target<strong>in</strong>g of Portuguese and Ch<strong>in</strong>ese for elim<strong>in</strong>ation. <strong>The</strong> use ofPortuguese was prohibited <strong>in</strong> schools, <strong>in</strong> adm<strong>in</strong>istration and <strong>in</strong> the media and Portuguesewas overtly vilified as a colonial <strong>language</strong> (Hajek, 2000, p. 406). A person who washeard us<strong>in</strong>g Portuguese risked arrest, torture and accusation of be<strong>in</strong>g kepala dua(two-hea<strong>de</strong>d), <strong>in</strong> other words, a FRETILIN sympathiser or a spy.As part of their strategy of assimilation, the Indonesians <strong>in</strong>creased the school population.As Nicolai (2004, p. 44) comments, <strong>de</strong>spite the many criticisms that can be ma<strong>de</strong>of Indonesian education policy <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong> Timur, one th<strong>in</strong>g that could be said <strong>in</strong> its favourwas that it <strong>in</strong>troduced the concept of education for all. By 1985, nearly every village ha<strong>da</strong> primary school (UNDP, 2002, p. 48); however, as Nicolai (2004, p. 46) also observes,although on the face of it education was available from the early years through to university,the reality was that for most people basic education lasted only about six years. By 1990,even <strong>in</strong> the 15–19-year-old age group who grew up un<strong>de</strong>r Indonesian adm<strong>in</strong>istration, lessthan half of both males and females had completed primary school or gone on to furthereducation (Jones, 2001, p. 48). <strong>The</strong> proportion of East <strong>Timor</strong>ese who had achievedsenior secon<strong>da</strong>ry education did not exceed 23% for males and 9% for females (Jones,2003, pp. 257–258).Assimilation was important for the <strong>in</strong>tegration of <strong>Timor</strong> Timur <strong>in</strong>to the Indonesian statestructure. This <strong>in</strong>tegration also served as a means of social control s<strong>in</strong>ce most Indonesiansdid not speak Portuguese or the local vernacular <strong>language</strong>s. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to Budiarjo andLiong (1984, p. 111) Indonesian was strictly enforced as the medium of <strong>in</strong>struction. Inthe early years of the occupation, the use of Indonesian <strong>in</strong> schools disqualified most East<strong>Timor</strong>ese teachers who did not have proficiency <strong>in</strong> Indonesian. Indonesian military personnelserved as teachers <strong>in</strong> the rural areas and throughout the occupation period, the majority


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 35Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009of teachers <strong>in</strong> the prov<strong>in</strong>ce were Indonesian (Arneburg, 1999, p. 85); i.e. 427 out of 3698teachers <strong>in</strong> the prov<strong>in</strong>ce were East <strong>Timor</strong>ese (Jones, 2003, p. 49). <strong>The</strong> curriculum was<strong>de</strong>void of <strong>in</strong>formation about East <strong>Timor</strong>ese history and culture and the quality of the teach<strong>in</strong>gwas notoriously poor (Budiarjo & Liong, 1984, pp. 110–112). Stu<strong>de</strong>nt and teacherabsenteeism were rampant (Jones, 2003, p. 50). Assimilation <strong>in</strong>to the Indonesian <strong>language</strong>and state i<strong>de</strong>ology were also promoted through compulsory membership of the scout<strong>in</strong>gorganisation, Gerakan Pramuka. In this regard, the Indonesians appeared to have learnedthe strategy of organis<strong>in</strong>g strenuous, time-consum<strong>in</strong>g physical activities and militarystyletra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> secon<strong>da</strong>ry schools from the Japanese (Murray-Thomas, 1966, p. 632).Between 1978 and 1981, the numbers of young people jo<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g Pramuka more thandoubled from 10,000 to 22,455 (CAVR, 2006). Youth martial arts groups were also encouraged.Such activities played an <strong>in</strong>strumental role <strong>in</strong> promot<strong>in</strong>g a culture of gangs and militarism.Gangs and martial arts groups, often with political affiliations, have proved to be an<strong>in</strong>tractable problem <strong>in</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>ese society; gangs of disaffected youth played a centralrole <strong>in</strong> the 2006–07 violence (Murdoch, 2006).Events <strong>in</strong> the 1990s <strong>de</strong>monstrated that universal education had not succee<strong>de</strong>d <strong>in</strong>w<strong>in</strong>n<strong>in</strong>g the hearts and m<strong>in</strong>ds of young people who by that time had begun to emerge asamong the most vocal critics of the Indonesian regime. As Nicolai (2004, p. 50)remarks, many young people rebelled aga<strong>in</strong>st the prescriptive and centralised educationsystem, which ironically had been <strong>de</strong>signed to assure the formation of good East <strong>Timor</strong>eseIndonesian citizens. <strong>The</strong> imposition of the Japanese <strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong> Korea immediately follow<strong>in</strong>gthe end of the Russo-Japanese war (1904–05) produced similar results (see Rhee,1992). Parallels can also be found <strong>in</strong> the Norwegianisation of the endogenous <strong>language</strong>sof Sàmi and F<strong>in</strong>nish. Such policies exemplify the overt prohibition of native <strong>language</strong>s<strong>in</strong> or<strong>de</strong>r to promote assimilation (Kaplan & Bal<strong>da</strong>uf, 2003; Skutnabb-Kangas & Phillipson,1989, p. 25). By the 1990s, stu<strong>de</strong>nts’ active rebellion and passive resistance <strong>in</strong> schools hadbecome a serious problem. In<strong>de</strong>ed, as Jones (2003, p. 50) observes, an Indonesian educationdid not lead to improved employment prospects, as there were so few jobs for educated East<strong>Timor</strong>ese people. In the 1990s, the school<strong>in</strong>g of young people suffered severe disruptionbecause of <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g civil activism and the violent responses of the TNI. <strong>The</strong> visit ofPope John Paul II to Dili <strong>in</strong> October 1989 prompted the first of many <strong>de</strong>monstrations ledby young people; 40 <strong>de</strong>monstrators were arrested, <strong>in</strong>terrogated and tortured <strong>in</strong> the aftermath(Carey & Carter Bentley, 1995, p. 247). On 12 November 1991, Indonesian troops fired onyoung East <strong>Timor</strong>ese <strong>de</strong>monstrators <strong>in</strong> the notorious Santa Cruz Massacre, the eventregar<strong>de</strong>d as sett<strong>in</strong>g the trajectory for <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce and br<strong>in</strong>g<strong>in</strong>g the <strong>situation</strong> to world attention.Accord<strong>in</strong>g to popular estimates, 271 people (mostly <strong>in</strong> their 20s) died, 382 were<strong>in</strong>jured and 250 simply disappeared (Retrieved October 12, 2006, from http://www.etan.org/timor/sntaCRUZ.htm). In the aca<strong>de</strong>mic year before the 1999 referendum, stu<strong>de</strong>ntsbarely atten<strong>de</strong>d school as they took up an <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>gly central role <strong>in</strong> the campaign for <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce.<strong>The</strong> orchestrated violence that followed the referendum of 1999 <strong>de</strong>stroyed theeducation sector. Most of the teach<strong>in</strong>g force fled and large numbers of stu<strong>de</strong>nts becamedisplaced persons.By 1999, Indonesian was <strong>in</strong> common use <strong>in</strong> its 27th prov<strong>in</strong>ce. <strong>The</strong> use of Tetum as amedium of <strong>in</strong>struction was tolerated <strong>in</strong> Catholic primary schools by the 1990s (Aditjondro,1994, p. 40) but as children progressed through school, they were forbid<strong>de</strong>n to use Tetum <strong>in</strong>the schoolroom. Intensive borrow<strong>in</strong>g from Indonesian further <strong>in</strong>fluenced and altered Tetum,compound<strong>in</strong>g the process of grammatical simplification which had already been re<strong>in</strong>forcedby the predom<strong>in</strong>ance of Portuguese as the prestige <strong>language</strong> used for all public writtenfunctions. By the 1990s, Portuguese was no longer openly spoken or taught <strong>in</strong> schools


36 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009and transmission to new generations became virtually impossible. Despite – or perhapsbecause of – this phenomenon, Portuguese acquired <strong>de</strong>ep symbolic value as the <strong>language</strong>of the clan<strong>de</strong>st<strong>in</strong>e resistance. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to Albarran Carvalho (2003, pp. 70–71), mostresistance fighters’ chose to write their correspon<strong>de</strong>nce <strong>in</strong> Portuguese rather than <strong>in</strong>Tetum. Members of the clan<strong>de</strong>st<strong>in</strong>e resistance used Portuguese for writ<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>ternal documents;for personal and external communication; for secret reports, cod<strong>in</strong>g and lettersand for writ<strong>in</strong>g memorial texts and poetry (see also Cabral & Mart<strong>in</strong>-Jones, 2008, for a discussionof Portuguese and Tetum literacy practices <strong>in</strong> the resistance between 1975 and1999). In addition, the Church reta<strong>in</strong>ed Portuguese as the <strong>language</strong> of externalcommunication.This monograph would not be complete without mention<strong>in</strong>g the human cost of socialpolicies and practices <strong>in</strong> the Indonesian era. At least 102,800 East <strong>Timor</strong>ese people are estimatedto have been killed or to have died of hunger or illness directly attributable to theoccupation of their country (CAVR, 2006). A study published <strong>in</strong> the British medicaljournal <strong>The</strong> Lancet (Modvig et al., 2000), based on a survey of 1033 East <strong>Timor</strong>ese households,found that 97% of people <strong>in</strong> the sample had experienced at least one traumatic eventdur<strong>in</strong>g the occupation. <strong>The</strong> effects of torture and post-traumatic stress rema<strong>in</strong> wi<strong>de</strong>spread.Overall, the occupation subjected the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese habitus to susta<strong>in</strong>ed physical and symbolicviolence.Language plann<strong>in</strong>g for liberation: National Council of <strong>Timor</strong>eseResistance <strong>language</strong> plann<strong>in</strong>g discourses<strong>The</strong> Conselho Nacional <strong>da</strong> Resistência <strong>Timor</strong>ense (National Council of <strong>Timor</strong>ese Resistance)(or CNRT) was formally established at a meet<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> Portugal <strong>in</strong> 1998. This wasthe first broadly representative gather<strong>in</strong>g of East <strong>Timor</strong>ese nationalists s<strong>in</strong>ce 1975. A keyoutcome of the convention was the acclamation, on 25 April 1998, of the charter of freedoms,rights, duties and guarantees for the people of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> known as the MagnaCarta. <strong>The</strong> Magna Carta was to serve as the basis for the future Constitution of the <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>ntstate. <strong>The</strong> Magna Carta stated that it was committed to the follow<strong>in</strong>g (Walsh,1999):. uphold<strong>in</strong>g human rights and construct<strong>in</strong>g a pluralistic, <strong>de</strong>mocratic society;. respect<strong>in</strong>g the environment;. build<strong>in</strong>g relationships with other Portuguese-speak<strong>in</strong>g nations;. support<strong>in</strong>g the Association of East Asian Nations, Asia Pacific Economic Co-operationand the South Pacific Forum.<strong>The</strong> CNRT adopted Portuguese as the official <strong>language</strong> and <strong>de</strong>clared Tetum the national<strong>language</strong> of the future <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> (Hajek, 2000, p. 408). <strong>The</strong>re appeared to bedifferent op<strong>in</strong>ions as to the status of Indonesian. José Ramos Horta, then rov<strong>in</strong>g ambassadorfor the CNRT, stated that English would be taught at school from primary level but thatthere would be no place for Indonesian. Other Indonesian-educated representativesargued that Indonesian should be ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong>ed and that there should be multifacetedco-operation with Indonesia. At the CNRT Strategic Development Plann<strong>in</strong>g for <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> Conference held <strong>in</strong> Melbourne, Australia from 5 to 9 April 1999, East <strong>Timor</strong>ese <strong>in</strong>tellectuals,aca<strong>de</strong>mics and professionals aga<strong>in</strong> discussed <strong>language</strong> policy issues. As part of thegradual transformation of the education sector, the CNRT conference recommen<strong>de</strong>d thatIndonesian should be phased out of public adm<strong>in</strong>istration and of the education system


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 37over a 10-year period. As Hajek (p. 408) comments, there is little doubt that the progressiveelim<strong>in</strong>ation of Indonesian from all public doma<strong>in</strong>s was an important objective. Portugueseand Tetum would take its place and there would be space for English. Neither of these twodocuments or any subsequent documents gave any recognition to the endogenous<strong>language</strong>s. A 10-year timeframe was agreed upon to allow for the systematic replacementand retra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g of Indonesian-speak<strong>in</strong>g teachers. However, events after 1999 rapidly overtookthe CNRT vision of or<strong>de</strong>rly <strong>language</strong> plann<strong>in</strong>g for <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> (Hajek, 2000).Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 20091999–2002: the UN Transitional Adm<strong>in</strong>istration: the arrival of Englishand the revival of PortugueseIn 1997/98, the Suharto New Or<strong>de</strong>r collapsed <strong>in</strong> Indonesia, shaken by economic crisislead<strong>in</strong>g to wi<strong>de</strong>spread protests <strong>in</strong> Jakarta and <strong>de</strong>mands for political change. In a totalbreak with previous policy, Presi<strong>de</strong>nt B.J. Habibie <strong>de</strong>clared that he no longer wanted toshoul<strong>de</strong>r the bur<strong>de</strong>n of its dissi<strong>de</strong>nt prov<strong>in</strong>ce and offered the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese people autonomywith<strong>in</strong> the Indonesian Republic. <strong>The</strong> Portuguese agreed on a referendum to be held <strong>in</strong>May 1999 un<strong>de</strong>r the auspices of the UN. On 30 August 1999, 78.5% out of a 98.6% turnoutof a population of 450,000 voted for full <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce from Indonesia (Hajek, 2002,p. 193). In retaliation, militia groups were actively encouraged by the TNI to perpetrateextreme violence aga<strong>in</strong>st the population. Pro-<strong>in</strong>tegration militia gangs subjected thecountry to a frenzy of attacks, massacres, loot<strong>in</strong>g and burn<strong>in</strong>g, result<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the <strong>de</strong>aths ofat least 1200 East <strong>Timor</strong>ese civilians (Rob<strong>in</strong>son, 2003, p. 1). Some 60,000 people were forciblydisplaced from their normal places of resi<strong>de</strong>nce and 250,000 <strong>in</strong>dividuals were forciblyrelocated to refugee camps over the bor<strong>de</strong>r <strong>in</strong> West <strong>Timor</strong> (CAVR, 2006, p. 85). One effectof the violence and forced movements of populations was the further dislocation and disruptionof speech communities. Fortunately, this dislocation appears to have been relativelyshort-term, as many people have returned to their orig<strong>in</strong>al communities. At the present time,only a small number of people rema<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong> militia-controlled camps <strong>in</strong> West <strong>Timor</strong> or have notreturned for other reasons.Un<strong>de</strong>r a veil of censorship and media silence, the events and abuses of the previous two<strong>de</strong>ca<strong>de</strong>s had largely gone unreported <strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>ternational media. In contrast, the conduct ofthe militias, the TNI and the Indonesian authorities at the time of the referendum receivedworldwi<strong>de</strong> media attention. In response to <strong>in</strong>ternational pressure, the UN Security Councilauthorised a mult<strong>in</strong>ational peacekeep<strong>in</strong>g force un<strong>de</strong>r Australian command to restore or<strong>de</strong>r.<strong>The</strong> UN established the United Nations Transitional Adm<strong>in</strong>istration of East <strong>Timor</strong>(UNTAET), responsible for the adm<strong>in</strong>istration of the country dur<strong>in</strong>g its transition to <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce.On 30 August 2001, on the anniversary of the referendum, elections were heldfor political representatives whose task was to draw up a new constitution. To <strong>da</strong>te, the fiveUN missions <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> have used English as an official and a work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>. <strong>The</strong>reare currently 15 UN agencies operat<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Large numbers of English-speak<strong>in</strong>gaid workers have come <strong>in</strong>to <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>, creat<strong>in</strong>g a <strong>de</strong>mand for <strong>in</strong>terpreters and translatorswho are proficient <strong>in</strong> English. However, as the Census Atlas shows, this <strong>de</strong>mand is concentrated<strong>in</strong> Dili. In the more remote areas, the use of English is far less wi<strong>de</strong>spread. <strong>The</strong>number of job opportunities for English speakers <strong>in</strong> the capital gives a somewhat mislead<strong>in</strong>gimpression of the spread of English – <strong>in</strong> fact, English has fairly specific uses (mostly<strong>in</strong>terpret<strong>in</strong>g) <strong>in</strong> a limited range of urban locales. <strong>The</strong> census results should serve as a realitycheck on the stri<strong>de</strong>nt calls <strong>in</strong> some circles for enhanc<strong>in</strong>g the status of English.At the same, time the Portuguese began <strong>in</strong>vest<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the revival of their <strong>language</strong>.Portugal is the largest s<strong>in</strong>gle contributor of foreign aid to <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Of all donors,


38 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Portuguese annual disbursements for the education and tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g sector have been the largest(Nicolai, 2004, p. 101). In the ma<strong>in</strong>, this fund<strong>in</strong>g focuses on strengthen<strong>in</strong>g Portuguese as the<strong>language</strong> of <strong>in</strong>struction. Among its other <strong>in</strong>itiatives, these funds have provi<strong>de</strong>d <strong>language</strong>tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g for teachers, procured textbooks and supported scholarships for the further educationof East <strong>Timor</strong>ese stu<strong>de</strong>nts. By 2004, the Camões Institute had sent 350,000 schoolbooks,650,000 textbooks and 410 cooperat<strong>in</strong>g teachers to <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> (<strong>da</strong> Cruz, 2004,p. 2). Portuguese aid has also fun<strong>de</strong>d the reconstruction of the education <strong>in</strong>frastructure.In the aca<strong>de</strong>mic year 2001/02, some US$59,090 went <strong>in</strong>to establish<strong>in</strong>g a PortugueseLanguage Centre and US$156,407 was <strong>in</strong>vested <strong>in</strong> Portuguese <strong>language</strong> and other formsof <strong>de</strong>velopment tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g via the Dili Distance Learn<strong>in</strong>g Centre (DDLC), 12 located <strong>in</strong> theoffices of the World Bank. Portugal also donated US$ 36,023 for teacher tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g(MECYS, 2004a, pp. 49–53). Brazil has also provi<strong>de</strong>d assistance based on its <strong>language</strong>ties with <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Its funds go primarily <strong>in</strong>to non-formal education <strong>in</strong> the form of literacyteach<strong>in</strong>g (see Part II) and vocational education.On the occasion of East <strong>Timor</strong>ese <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce, an editorial <strong>in</strong> Camões Revista <strong>de</strong>Letras e Culturas Lusófonas (Camões Journal of Lusophone Letters and Cultures) <strong>de</strong>clared:... uma <strong>da</strong>s pr<strong>in</strong>cipais tarefas que a nossa política cultural externa terá <strong>de</strong> prosseguir nostempos v<strong>in</strong>douros: a consoli<strong>da</strong>ção do português como l<strong>in</strong>gua official do futuro <strong>Estado</strong> <strong>de</strong><strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Este <strong>de</strong>safio enquadra-se nos objectivos que traçamos para a nossa políticaexterna e para a futura acção do Instituto Camões: por um lado, preserver e promover uma i<strong>de</strong>ntiti<strong>da</strong><strong>de</strong>lusófona, reforçando a ligação entre todos os que falam português no mundo, e, poroutro, ser um dos <strong>in</strong>strumentos <strong>da</strong> nossa política externa, contribu<strong>in</strong>do assim para um novorecorte na afirmação <strong>de</strong> Portugal....one of the pr<strong>in</strong>cipal tasks that our foreign cultural policy will have to pursue <strong>in</strong> com<strong>in</strong>gtimes is the consoli<strong>da</strong>tion of Portuguese as [the] official <strong>language</strong> of the future state of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. This challenge forms part of the objectives that <strong>de</strong>l<strong>in</strong>eate our foreign policy and thefuture action of the Camões Institute: on the one hand, to preserve and promote a Lusophonei<strong>de</strong>ntity, re<strong>in</strong>forc<strong>in</strong>g the connection between all those <strong>in</strong> the world who speak Portuguese[,] andon the other, to be an <strong>in</strong>strument of our foreign policy, contribut<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> this way to a new contour<strong>in</strong> the affirmation of Portugal (<strong>da</strong> Cruz, 2004, p. 2, author’s translation).As Kukan<strong>da</strong> (2000) notes, the existence of <strong>in</strong>ternational organisations based on acommon <strong>language</strong> is an important feature of post-colonial <strong>language</strong> plann<strong>in</strong>g. <strong>The</strong> Comuni<strong>da</strong><strong>de</strong>dos Países <strong>de</strong> Língua Portuguêsa or CPLP (Community of Portuguese-speak<strong>in</strong>gCountries) was formed <strong>in</strong> 1996. Its function is to ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong> l<strong>in</strong>ks between Portugal andits former colonies. <strong>The</strong> CPLP member states are: Angola, Brazil, Cape Ver<strong>de</strong>, Gu<strong>in</strong>ea-Bissau, Mozambique, Portugal, São Tomé and Pr<strong>in</strong>cípe. <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> became a memberof the organisation on 31 July 2002. Among the objectives of the CPLP are social, cultural,economic, legal, technical and scientific cooperation among its member states and the promotionof the Portuguese <strong>language</strong>. <strong>The</strong> discourse of lusofonia – or family of Portuguesespeak<strong>in</strong>gnations – has also arisen as a grand theme for reconfigur<strong>in</strong>g Portuguese i<strong>de</strong>ntity <strong>in</strong>the post-colonial period and follow<strong>in</strong>g Portugal’s <strong>in</strong>corporation <strong>in</strong>to the European Union(Almei<strong>da</strong>, 2001, p. 597). This discourse is noth<strong>in</strong>g if not ambiguous <strong>in</strong> its oscillationbetween a neocolonialist ethos and a mult<strong>in</strong>ational political project, as Almei<strong>da</strong> (2001,p. 598) observes. Other former colonial powers – most notably France – have also promotedsuch discourses: the discourse of francophonie, the mo<strong>de</strong>rn Francophone movement,serves to construct a useful bloc <strong>in</strong> the fight for markets and aga<strong>in</strong>st English and American<strong>in</strong>fluence (Hagège, 1996). France is a major donor <strong>in</strong> Francophone <strong>in</strong>itiatives and thisnation is currently educat<strong>in</strong>g a greater number of Vietnamese than it did when it was a colonialpower (Wright, 2004, p. 133). A similar phenomenon can be observed with the


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 39promotion of lusofonia and the teach<strong>in</strong>g of the Portuguese <strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. <strong>The</strong>2007–10 Indicative Cooperation Program, signed on September 3, 2007, by Portugaland <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> was estimated to have a total operat<strong>in</strong>g budget of 60 million euros.Forty-six million euros were allocated to the area of ‘Susta<strong>in</strong>able Development and Combat<strong>in</strong>gPoverty’ <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g the education sector and the re<strong>in</strong>troduction of the Portuguese<strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong>to the curriculum (Macauhub Economic Information Service, 2007, }5).Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Language and religionIt is necessary to look aga<strong>in</strong> to history <strong>in</strong> or<strong>de</strong>r to un<strong>de</strong>rstand how <strong>language</strong> and religionhave <strong>in</strong>teracted <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Religion has played a fun<strong>da</strong>mental role <strong>in</strong> the shap<strong>in</strong>g ofEast <strong>Timor</strong>ese i<strong>de</strong>ntity. <strong>The</strong> 2004 Population Census affirms that the vast majority of theEast <strong>Timor</strong>ese people (715,285) i<strong>de</strong>ntify as Catholic. <strong>The</strong>re are 16,616 Protestants; 2455Muslims; 484 Buddhists and 191 H<strong>in</strong>dus; 5883 people i<strong>de</strong>ntified themselves as followersof what the census called ‘traditional religions’ (Direcção Nacional <strong>de</strong> Estatística, 2006,p. 78), a term referr<strong>in</strong>g to the highly spiritual Animist belief system still followed <strong>in</strong><strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. <strong>The</strong> l<strong>in</strong>ks between Catholicism and East <strong>Timor</strong>ese nationalism have theirorig<strong>in</strong>s <strong>in</strong> colonial history. <strong>The</strong> follow<strong>in</strong>g sections discuss five important historical <strong>in</strong>stancesthat highlight the role of the church and religious i<strong>de</strong>ology <strong>in</strong> shap<strong>in</strong>g the habitus.One of the grand contradictions of Portuguese colonialism was that while the CatholicChurch acted as its central i<strong>de</strong>ological apparatus, the Church was also perhaps the mostcritical agency <strong>in</strong> shap<strong>in</strong>g East <strong>Timor</strong>ese national i<strong>de</strong>ntity. <strong>The</strong> first Dom<strong>in</strong>ican missionariesestablished close and privileged relationships with the Topasses, for whom Catholicism andthe use of Portuguese were marks of their i<strong>de</strong>ntity. As local <strong>in</strong>digenous lea<strong>de</strong>rs converted toChristianity, they too formed close associations with Catholic priests. <strong>The</strong> Catholic missionariesappreciated that they nee<strong>de</strong>d to learn the local <strong>language</strong>s if they were to reach out tothe native peoples. <strong>The</strong> early missionaries provi<strong>de</strong>d the first context <strong>in</strong> which endogenous<strong>language</strong>s were used as written <strong>language</strong>s. <strong>The</strong> sem<strong>in</strong>ary schools were at the heart of theearly Portuguese evangelical, civilis<strong>in</strong>g mission and the Catholic schools formed the solebasis of the education system well <strong>in</strong>to the twentieth century. Education was conf<strong>in</strong>edlargely to the children of baptised <strong>da</strong>to and liurai families who were schooled <strong>in</strong> Portugueseliteracy and Catholicism (see Part III). In the late-twentieth century, East <strong>Timor</strong>ese churchlea<strong>de</strong>rs strove to provi<strong>de</strong> safe haven where they could aga<strong>in</strong>st the <strong>de</strong>pre<strong>da</strong>tions of the TNI(Smythe, 1998) but with tragic consequences, neither the TNI nor the militias respected thesanctity of the Church. Two of the worst massacres of civilian refugees occurred at LiquiçáChurch <strong>in</strong> April and at Suai Cathedral <strong>in</strong> September of 1999. A number of priests and nunsgave their lives protect<strong>in</strong>g and <strong>de</strong>fend<strong>in</strong>g the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese people, their culture and theirspiritual values. East <strong>Timor</strong>ese church lea<strong>de</strong>rs were also a vital source of <strong>in</strong>formation abouthuman rights abuses <strong>de</strong>spite relentless <strong>in</strong>timi<strong>da</strong>tion by the TNI; Bishops Mart<strong>in</strong>ho CostaLopes and Carlos Ximenes Belo provi<strong>de</strong> two well-known examples of such courageouslea<strong>de</strong>rship.Missionary <strong>language</strong> activity<strong>The</strong> promotion of Tetum by the Catholic Church was an important element <strong>in</strong> the establishmentof Tetum as a l<strong>in</strong>gua franca. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to Hull (2000), Tetum became so closelyassociated with Christianity that it was called a l<strong>in</strong>gua dos baptisados (the <strong>language</strong> ofthe baptised). Although at first, the clergy seem to have used Galoli as much as Tetum(Fox, 1997, p. 14), accord<strong>in</strong>g to Fox (p. 20), Tetum was only seriously taken up <strong>in</strong> the


40 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009n<strong>in</strong>eteenth century as the Portuguese territories <strong>in</strong> the region were reduced to the island of<strong>Timor</strong>. Crucial to the <strong>de</strong>velopment and spread of Tetum was the establishment of the highly<strong>in</strong>fluential Jesuit sem<strong>in</strong>ary at Soiba<strong>da</strong> <strong>in</strong> the Samoro district <strong>in</strong> 1898. <strong>The</strong> Soiba<strong>da</strong> sem<strong>in</strong>arywas the only secon<strong>da</strong>ry school <strong>in</strong> Portuguese <strong>Timor</strong>; it was <strong>in</strong>ten<strong>de</strong>d for the tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g ofmestre-escolas (schoolmasters) who would teach basic literacy, numeracy and catechism<strong>in</strong> rural schools. <strong>The</strong>se mestres were the only educated <strong>in</strong>digenous group <strong>in</strong> the countryand they had great prestige (Thomaz, 1981, p. 67).<strong>The</strong> Portuguese missionaries’ <strong>de</strong>cision to evangelise the population <strong>in</strong> their home<strong>language</strong>s led to the production of catechisms and liturgical and biblical texts <strong>in</strong> variousvernaculars. Missionary priests also compiled dictionaries and grammars <strong>in</strong>ten<strong>de</strong>d toassist newly arrived missionaries <strong>in</strong> communicat<strong>in</strong>g with the local peoples. <strong>The</strong> mostnotable dictionary was the work of Father Sebastião <strong>da</strong> Silva who produced a Portuguese-Tetumdictionary <strong>in</strong> 1889 (Hull, 1998a, p. 8). Father Manual <strong>da</strong> Silva wrote agrammar of Galoli <strong>in</strong> 1900 and a Portuguese-Galoli dictionary <strong>in</strong> 1905. Various priestsprepared catechisms, prayer books and Gospel translations <strong>in</strong> Tetum, Galoli, Midiki andMambae <strong>in</strong> the first <strong>de</strong>ca<strong>de</strong>s of the twentieth century (pp. 8–9). As Hull observes, thePortuguese missionaries were enthusiastic lexicographers. Father Manuel Men<strong>de</strong>s andFather Manuel Laranjeira collaborated to produce a larger Portuguese-Tetum dictionary,pr<strong>in</strong>ted <strong>in</strong> 1935, which conta<strong>in</strong>ed some 8000 entries. Two important works by FathersConceição Fernan<strong>de</strong>s and Campos were unfortunately <strong>de</strong>stroyed dur<strong>in</strong>g the Second WorldWar (p. 10) and accord<strong>in</strong>g to Hull (1998a, p. 8), dictionaries of Waima’a, Makasae andBaikenu have also sadly been lost. In 1937, Father Abílio Fernan<strong>de</strong>s published a Portuguese-mediumTetum course for Europeans. Father Artur Basílio <strong>de</strong> Sá was the firsttra<strong>in</strong>ed l<strong>in</strong>guist to take an <strong>in</strong>terest <strong>in</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>ese <strong>language</strong>s. He studied the phonologyof Tetum and his pr<strong>in</strong>ciples for an orthography of Tetum published <strong>in</strong> 1952 (see Hull,1998a) laid the basis for a phonetic spell<strong>in</strong>g system. Father Abílio Fernan<strong>de</strong>s’ Tetumprimer (orig<strong>in</strong>ally written <strong>in</strong> 1937) was repr<strong>in</strong>ted for the use of Portuguese military officersto help them fraternise with the natives <strong>in</strong> or<strong>de</strong>r to spread the Portuguese <strong>language</strong>. <strong>The</strong>notice <strong>in</strong> the back of the soldiers’ handbook ma<strong>de</strong> no secret of this policy:Na convivência futura, o sol<strong>da</strong>do tem por <strong>de</strong>ver, progressivamente, ir sustitu<strong>in</strong>do o tétum porportuguês[...] aproxima-te dos mais isolados e sé merecedor <strong>da</strong> sua confiança, para que <strong>de</strong>poiseles te sigam (Fernan<strong>de</strong>s, 1967/1937).(In our future co-existence, soldiers must consi<strong>de</strong>r it their duty progressively to replaceTetum with Portuguese [...] Approach only those most isolated and be worthy of theirconfi<strong>de</strong>nce so that later they will follow you) (Trans. Hull, 1998a, p. 15).<strong>The</strong> Portuguese civilis<strong>in</strong>g missionIn 1940, a Portuguese Concor<strong>da</strong>t with the Vatican established the Diocese of Dili, therebyend<strong>in</strong>g its subord<strong>in</strong>ation to the See of Macao. <strong>The</strong> Concor<strong>da</strong>t established the CatholicChurch as the <strong>in</strong>strument of colonial policy. As the accord <strong>de</strong>clared <strong>in</strong> grand colonialmanner, ‘Portuguese Catholic missions are consi<strong>de</strong>red to be of imperial usefulness; theyhave an em<strong>in</strong>ently civilis<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>fluence’ (Taylor, 1991, p. 13). Lundry (2000) takes astrong view of the acculturat<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>fluence of the Catholic Church on the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese,argu<strong>in</strong>g that becom<strong>in</strong>g Christian and becom<strong>in</strong>g culturally Portuguese amounted to almostthe same th<strong>in</strong>g. In<strong>de</strong>ed, as Cabral and Mart<strong>in</strong>-Jones (2008, p. 154) observe, a Catholiceducation provi<strong>de</strong>d access to higher social status and the opportunity of higher education<strong>in</strong> Portugal. A significant number of the future lea<strong>de</strong>rs of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> were educated atCatholic schools or sem<strong>in</strong>aries. This was to be an important factor contribut<strong>in</strong>g to theemergence of East <strong>Timor</strong>ese political elites <strong>in</strong> the 1950s and 1960s.


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 41Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Catholicism and social justice<strong>The</strong> Jesuit sem<strong>in</strong>ary of Nossa Senhora <strong>de</strong> Fatima was opened at Daré <strong>in</strong> 1958 with the aimof produc<strong>in</strong>g an <strong>in</strong>digenous clergy and provid<strong>in</strong>g secon<strong>da</strong>ry education for young men.Although Vatican II (1962–65) ma<strong>de</strong> social justice issues part of the call to evangelisation,as Lundry (2000) observes, the discourses of Vatican II had little impact <strong>in</strong> Portuguese<strong>Timor</strong>. In fact, dur<strong>in</strong>g the 1960s, the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese church had a reputation for be<strong>in</strong>galoof and <strong>de</strong>eply conservative. Church lea<strong>de</strong>rs such as Bishop José Joaquim Ribeirowere suspicious of what they perceived as FRETILIN’s communist sympathies. Yet asthe atrocities dur<strong>in</strong>g the occupation worsened, many priests and nuns came to i<strong>de</strong>ntifywith the suffer<strong>in</strong>g of the people and started to become more engaged with the struggle.<strong>The</strong> clergy distributed aid, provi<strong>de</strong>d refuge for the persecuted and sent <strong>in</strong>formation to theoutsi<strong>de</strong> world about human rights abuses. In do<strong>in</strong>g so, they ma<strong>de</strong> a substantial contributionto the nationalist movement. As Lundry (2000) suggests, perhaps the s<strong>in</strong>gle most importantelement <strong>in</strong> the growth of nationalism <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> was the enculturation of the clergy. Ashared sense of betrayal at the withdrawal of the Portuguese adm<strong>in</strong>istration and the <strong>de</strong>partureof many Portuguese church officials after 1975 were <strong>in</strong>strumental <strong>in</strong> br<strong>in</strong>g<strong>in</strong>g theChurch and Resistance together. In<strong>de</strong>ed, it is wi<strong>de</strong>ly felt <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> that without thesupport of the Catholic Church, the Resistance would have collapsed and the use ofTetum might not have withstood the pressure of Indonesian <strong>language</strong> i<strong>de</strong>ology.<strong>The</strong> prestige of liturgical Tetum<strong>The</strong> evolution of Tetum <strong>in</strong>to a <strong>language</strong> of national i<strong>de</strong>ntity is <strong>in</strong>extricably l<strong>in</strong>ked with theevolution of the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese Church. Portuguese suffered a severe blow when it wasbanned from public use <strong>in</strong> 1981. <strong>The</strong> Catholic Church established a form of liturgicalTetum or Tetum-Iba<strong>da</strong>t (Fox, 2003, p. 43). As Fox po<strong>in</strong>ts out, this variety of Tetum iswi<strong>de</strong>ly un<strong>de</strong>rstood because of its use <strong>in</strong> church services but it is not what people speak<strong>in</strong> every<strong>da</strong>y communication. As Williams van Kl<strong>in</strong>ken (2002) observes, the religious registerof Tetum was strongly <strong>in</strong>fluenced by the fact that most of its writers had been educate<strong>da</strong>t the Soiba<strong>da</strong> Sem<strong>in</strong>ary. Liturgical Tetum uses many Tetum-Terik forms and has fewerPortuguese loanwords than Tetum-Praça, mak<strong>in</strong>g it more difficult to un<strong>de</strong>rstand forTetum-Praça speakers. Nonetheless, the use of Tetum as a religious <strong>language</strong> raised itsstatus and ma<strong>de</strong> it prestigious <strong>in</strong> the eyes of its users. In acced<strong>in</strong>g to East <strong>Timor</strong>eseChurch lea<strong>de</strong>rs’ request for recognition as a diocese separate from Indonesia, the Vatican<strong>in</strong>dicated its implicit disapproval of the occupation and Tetum was upgra<strong>de</strong>d to a full liturgical<strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong> 1981. Tetum as a medium of <strong>in</strong>struction <strong>in</strong> the lower gra<strong>de</strong>s was also<strong>in</strong>troduced <strong>in</strong>to Catholic primary schools <strong>in</strong> the Diocese of Dili. Aditjondro (1994, p. 40)reported that dur<strong>in</strong>g the Indonesian occupation, the use of Tetum was spread substantiallythrough Church activities.Pancasila, Catholicism and i<strong>de</strong>ntityPancasila is a set of guid<strong>in</strong>g pr<strong>in</strong>ciples for the Indonesian state. Its philosophy emphasisesconsensus and group unity, particularly <strong>in</strong> its vision of <strong>de</strong>mocracy (Wright, 2004, p. 85).Pancasila consists of five pr<strong>in</strong>ciples:. faith <strong>in</strong> one God;. humanitarianism;


42 K. Taylor-Leech. national unity;. representative government and. the pursuit of social justice.Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009<strong>The</strong>se pr<strong>in</strong>ciples form the basis of a contract between the citizen and the state <strong>in</strong> muchthe same way as the French state <strong>in</strong>vokes liberty, fraternity and equality <strong>in</strong> its relationshipwith its citizens (Wright, 2004, p. 263). Pancasila requires that everyone must subscribe toone of five officially recognised religions: Islam, H<strong>in</strong>duism, Buddhism, Protestantism orCatholicism –probably the ma<strong>in</strong> factor that led to the conversion of most of the rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>gAnimist population <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> to Catholicism. <strong>The</strong> number of profess<strong>in</strong>g RomanCatholics rose from only 27.8% <strong>in</strong> 1973 to 81.4% <strong>in</strong> 1989 (Aditjondro, 1994, p. 34).<strong>The</strong> number of Catholics also <strong>in</strong>creased as a result of the <strong>in</strong>flux of Catholic transmigrantsfrom West <strong>Timor</strong>. In fact, as Aditjondro (1994, p. 37) reported, other religions also saw anexponential growth <strong>in</strong> this period, ma<strong>in</strong>ly among Protestants and Muslims.<strong>The</strong>re are various explanations for the dramatic <strong>in</strong>crease <strong>in</strong> the rate of conversion.Aditjondro (1994, p. 35) suggests that Catholic icons substituted for the lulics or sacredobjects used <strong>in</strong> Animist ancestor worship, s<strong>in</strong>ce it became difficult to conduct Animistrituals and celebrations for fear of their be<strong>in</strong>g seen as resistance gather<strong>in</strong>gs. Smythe(1998, p. 154) suggests that given the anticommunist views of the Indonesian regime, itwas safer to be a Catholic. While both these explanations are probably true, it is un<strong>de</strong>niablethat the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese Church stood by the people and supported them through a period ofterrible repression and <strong>in</strong>timi<strong>da</strong>tion. As Smythe (1998, p. 158) suggests, Catholicism cameto symbolise i<strong>de</strong>ntity to the extent that Catholicism fused with nationalism. Aditjondro(1994, p. 37), himself an Indonesian, <strong>de</strong>clared that he felt Catholicism served as anexpression of East <strong>Timor</strong>ese collective i<strong>de</strong>ntity. <strong>The</strong> Church provi<strong>de</strong>d a form of culturalspace for the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese. It was almost the only place where people could associatefreely and publicly <strong>in</strong> large numbers. Additionally, the translation of the liturgies <strong>in</strong>toTetum raised its prestige <strong>in</strong> the eyes of ord<strong>in</strong>ary people. This comb<strong>in</strong>ation of factors contributedto the transformation of Tetum <strong>in</strong>to a core cultural value and ensured its survival.<strong>The</strong> shap<strong>in</strong>g of the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese habitusThis preced<strong>in</strong>g account of <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> contact has i<strong>de</strong>ntified a comb<strong>in</strong>ation of six social,political and cultural variables that have helped to shape the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese habitus.1. <strong>The</strong> first was the formation of an educated Portuguese-speak<strong>in</strong>g lea<strong>de</strong>rship <strong>in</strong>fluencedby European culture and i<strong>de</strong>as.2. <strong>The</strong> second was the <strong>de</strong>ep symbolic value of Portuguese as the <strong>language</strong> of theresistance.3. <strong>The</strong> third was the successful elevation of Tetum from a <strong>language</strong> and culture<strong>de</strong>spised and <strong>de</strong>nigrated <strong>in</strong> Portuguese colonial discourse <strong>in</strong>to a symbol of <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nceand national i<strong>de</strong>ntity.4. <strong>The</strong> fourth was the exponential growth of the Catholic Church and its stance aga<strong>in</strong>sthuman rights abuses, lead<strong>in</strong>g to its acquisition of core cultural value for the East<strong>Timor</strong>ese people.5. <strong>The</strong> fifth was the expansion of education and literacy un<strong>de</strong>r the Indonesian adm<strong>in</strong>istrationand the spread of Indonesian through the education system, which facilitatedthe growth of pro-<strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce sympathies and networks, especially amongEast <strong>Timor</strong>ese youth frustrated by the lack of opportunities.


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 436. <strong>The</strong> last arose out of the terror tactics used by the Indonesian security forces togetherwith appall<strong>in</strong>g human rights abuses and disrespect for East <strong>Timor</strong>ese religious andcultural values. <strong>The</strong>se tactics, abuses and disrespect have entered collective memoryand have, to use An<strong>de</strong>rson’s (1983, p. 15) phrase, ‘engen<strong>de</strong>red particularsoli<strong>da</strong>rities’.In or<strong>de</strong>r to <strong>de</strong>scribe and un<strong>de</strong>rstand post-colonial <strong>language</strong> policy, it has been necessaryto <strong>de</strong>lve <strong>in</strong>to social policies and practices that have had a direct <strong>in</strong>fluence on official<strong>language</strong> choice and public use. I now turn my attention to <strong>language</strong> policy <strong>de</strong>velopment<strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt republic of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>.Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Part IV: <strong>language</strong> policy and plann<strong>in</strong>gLanguage policy and plann<strong>in</strong>g theory is rich <strong>in</strong> frameworks with which to exam<strong>in</strong>e <strong>in</strong>strumentsof policy <strong>de</strong>velopment. Two such frameworks are particularly helpful <strong>in</strong> contextualis<strong>in</strong>gthese processes <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>, i.e.:(1) Cooper’s (1989, p. 98) account<strong>in</strong>g scheme consist<strong>in</strong>g of eight components <strong>in</strong>dicat<strong>in</strong>gthe variables that need to be atten<strong>de</strong>d to <strong>in</strong> the <strong>language</strong> plann<strong>in</strong>g process:(i) what actors,(ii) attempt to <strong>in</strong>fluence what behaviours,(iii) of which people,(iv) for what ends,(v) un<strong>de</strong>r what conditions,(vi) by what means,(vii) through what <strong>de</strong>cision-mak<strong>in</strong>g process,(viii) with what effect?(2) Ruiz’s (1984) framework for analys<strong>in</strong>g the i<strong>de</strong>ological orientations of <strong>language</strong>policy <strong>de</strong>velopment suggest<strong>in</strong>g that there are three possible orientations un<strong>de</strong>rly<strong>in</strong>g<strong>language</strong> policies, particularly <strong>in</strong> multil<strong>in</strong>gual sett<strong>in</strong>gs:(i) <strong>The</strong> first and most common orientation perceives l<strong>in</strong>guistic diversity as aproblem. <strong>The</strong> k<strong>in</strong>ds of action taken to <strong>de</strong>al with the problem take the formof eradicat<strong>in</strong>g, m<strong>in</strong>imis<strong>in</strong>g or alleviat<strong>in</strong>g the problem.(ii) <strong>The</strong> second orientation perceives <strong>language</strong> and multil<strong>in</strong>gualism as a right an<strong>da</strong>cknowledges legal, moral and natural rights to local i<strong>de</strong>ntities (often theserights are more assumed than actual).(iii) <strong>The</strong> third and most progressive orientation perceives <strong>language</strong>s and theircommunities as social resources.Ruiz’ schema allows for the fact that a polity might adopt a comb<strong>in</strong>ation of these i<strong>de</strong>ologicalorientations. Us<strong>in</strong>g the frameworks outl<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> this monograph, the follow<strong>in</strong>g sectionanalyses four key <strong>in</strong>struments of <strong>language</strong> policy <strong>de</strong>velopment:. <strong>The</strong> Language Decree (2004);. <strong>The</strong> orthography of Official Tetum (2004);. <strong>The</strong> Language Directive (2004) and. Medium of <strong>in</strong>struction policy goals for 2004–08.


44 K. Taylor-Leech<strong>The</strong> Language Decree of 2004: <strong>language</strong> as rightOn 14 April 2004, the Council of M<strong>in</strong>isters issued Government Decree No 1 of 2004, entitled‘Orthographical Stan<strong>da</strong>rd of the Tetum Language’, popularly known as the Language Decree.In the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese legal context, the term used to <strong>de</strong>scribe sovereign laws enacted s<strong>in</strong>ce<strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce is a Decree Law. In the preamble to the Language Decree, a <strong>language</strong> asright orientation to Tetum is discernable. In its English version, the preamble states ...Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Tetum given its dual status as an official and national <strong>language</strong> must be used <strong>in</strong> a consistentmanner <strong>in</strong> the entire adm<strong>in</strong>istration of the State [and <strong>in</strong> other <strong>in</strong>stitutions] as well as by themass media. Tetum is an essential element <strong>in</strong> the construction of the Nation and <strong>in</strong> the affirmationof East <strong>Timor</strong>ese i<strong>de</strong>ntity. For this reason, its utilisation is a constitutional imperative andits implementation a matter of urgency. To this end it is essential that its orthography be ma<strong>de</strong>uniform as part of the process of <strong>de</strong>velop<strong>in</strong>g the <strong>language</strong>. Conscious of the strategic importanceof the Tetum <strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong> the cement<strong>in</strong>g of national unity, the Government hereby <strong>de</strong>crees<strong>in</strong> the terms of paragraph 0 of Article 115 of the Constitution of the Republic, as a regulationwith the force of law, the follow<strong>in</strong>g: Adoption and Implementation of the OrthographicalStan<strong>da</strong>rd for Tetum (Retrieved June 6, 2006, from www.asianlang.mq.edu.au/INL).<strong>The</strong> Decree adopts the stan<strong>da</strong>rdised spell<strong>in</strong>g system <strong>de</strong>veloped by the INL (ArticleOne). <strong>The</strong> Decree confirms that ...<strong>The</strong> official and [first] national <strong>language</strong> is Official Tetum, a mo<strong>de</strong>rn literary form of the vernacular,most wi<strong>de</strong>spread <strong>in</strong> the country and based on Tetum-Praça with the proviso that this choice isma<strong>de</strong> without prejudice to those varieties of Tetum circumscribed to particular regions, which theState preserves and fosters as national <strong>language</strong>s. (Article Two, English version).<strong>The</strong> Decree provi<strong>de</strong>s that the orthographical stan<strong>da</strong>rd of Official Tetum must be used <strong>in</strong>three high status public doma<strong>in</strong>s: <strong>in</strong> the general education system, <strong>in</strong> official publications,and <strong>in</strong> social communication. It further provi<strong>de</strong>s that ...English and Indonesian, as simple work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s, must not be used <strong>in</strong> public images andpriority must be given to Official Tetum and to Portuguese <strong>in</strong> public images and signs unlessthey are accompanied by texts <strong>in</strong> Tetum and Portuguese with greater visual prom<strong>in</strong>ence(Article Three, English version).<strong>The</strong> Language Decree enacts three measures to re<strong>in</strong>force the status of the official<strong>language</strong>s:(i) It reaffirms Tetum as a <strong>de</strong>f<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g symbol of East <strong>Timor</strong>ese i<strong>de</strong>ntity. <strong>The</strong> preamblemakes the status of Tetum as a nation-build<strong>in</strong>g tool very clear.(ii) <strong>The</strong> Decree legitimates the jo<strong>in</strong>t co-official status of Tetum and Portuguese.(iii) <strong>The</strong> Decree adopts the official orthography of Tetum.<strong>The</strong> <strong>de</strong>cree requires that the co-official <strong>language</strong>s should take priority <strong>in</strong> public images andsigns. Reflect<strong>in</strong>g a <strong>language</strong> as problem orientation towards English and Indonesian, theLanguage Decree addresses the issue of the ongo<strong>in</strong>g and wi<strong>de</strong>spread use of English andIndonesian by many NGOs. <strong>The</strong> Decree conta<strong>in</strong>s a mixture of sanctions and <strong>in</strong>centivesto enhance the status of Official Tetum and Portuguese. Articles One through Three <strong>in</strong>stitutionaliseTetum and Portuguese, imply<strong>in</strong>g a <strong>language</strong> as right view of the official<strong>language</strong>s. <strong>The</strong> Decree legitimates the acrolectal or high form of Tetum as the prestigevariety or stan<strong>da</strong>rd. <strong>The</strong> three articles have the effect of ensur<strong>in</strong>g space for the official<strong>language</strong>s. <strong>The</strong> symbolic uses of <strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong> forms such as bil<strong>in</strong>gual public signage, <strong>in</strong>


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 45street and place names, on public formal occasions, <strong>in</strong> education and <strong>in</strong> the arts createsspace <strong>in</strong> which a limited range of <strong>language</strong> can be used to achieve great impact on communityperceptions and revive a sense of cultural i<strong>de</strong>ntity. Article Four establishes the INL asthe Language Aca<strong>de</strong>my – the authority on stan<strong>da</strong>rdisation. <strong>The</strong> INL also has the task ofproduc<strong>in</strong>g orthographies for the other national <strong>language</strong>s. In general, <strong>language</strong> aca<strong>de</strong>miesare also established to preserve <strong>language</strong> purity. Part of their rationale is to keep the<strong>language</strong> free from foreign and politically un<strong>de</strong>sirable <strong>in</strong>fluences. <strong>The</strong> INL has acquiredsome sweep<strong>in</strong>g powers <strong>in</strong> or<strong>de</strong>r to achieve this remit. Breach of these provisions canlead to the cancellation of a researcher’s visa. Among other provisions concern<strong>in</strong>g l<strong>in</strong>guisticresearch, Article Four sets out the role and function of the INL as follows:. <strong>The</strong> INL is the scientific custodian of Official Tetum;. <strong>The</strong> INL must <strong>de</strong>velop the scientific activities necessary to the preservation and protectionof the other national <strong>language</strong>s, <strong>de</strong>vis<strong>in</strong>g orthographical stan<strong>da</strong>rds for each ofthem (English version).Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Article Four also charges the INL with responsibility for ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g and preserv<strong>in</strong>g theendogenous <strong>language</strong>s. As Bow<strong>de</strong>n & Hajek (2007, p. 268) observe, the Constitution provi<strong>de</strong>sa rare <strong>de</strong>gree of recognition for the national <strong>language</strong>s. <strong>The</strong> Language Decree is anexample of the ma<strong>in</strong>tenance-oriented promotion of Tetum. It charges the INL specificallywith <strong>de</strong>velop<strong>in</strong>g Official Tetum as the national <strong>language</strong>. <strong>The</strong> goal is to prescribe the use ofEnglish and Indonesian and consoli<strong>da</strong>te the status of Official Tetum <strong>in</strong> the public doma<strong>in</strong>.Politically, Official Tetum is a powerful symbol of national i<strong>de</strong>ntity and potentially anequally powerful symbol of national unity. <strong>The</strong> appo<strong>in</strong>tment of a <strong>language</strong>-plann<strong>in</strong>gagency is important for the <strong>de</strong>velopment of a mo<strong>de</strong>rn lexicon, requir<strong>in</strong>g the <strong>in</strong>vestmentof significant resources over the long term.<strong>The</strong> orthography of Official Tetum, 2004: <strong>language</strong> as resource<strong>The</strong> new orthography of Official Tetum is an <strong>in</strong>stance of the ma<strong>in</strong>tenance-oriented promotionof a <strong>language</strong>. <strong>The</strong> INL aims to achieve the stan<strong>da</strong>rdisation of Official Tetumthrough a set of four pr<strong>in</strong>ciples for renovat<strong>in</strong>g the lexicon (Hull & Eccles, 2001). <strong>The</strong>sepr<strong>in</strong>ciples are powerful statements of i<strong>de</strong>ntity:(i) Tetum-Praça will form the basis of the literary <strong>language</strong>.(ii) Indonesian loanwords are to be avoi<strong>de</strong>d and eventually elim<strong>in</strong>ated.(iii) <strong>The</strong>re is to be a distanc<strong>in</strong>g from Indonesian-<strong>in</strong>fluenced idiom <strong>in</strong> favour of Tetum-Terik and Portuguese-based higher vocabulary.(iv) All loanwords are to conform to the rules of the orthography.<strong>The</strong> stan<strong>da</strong>rd orthography unifies previous systems <strong>in</strong>to a more l<strong>in</strong>guistically coherent one.<strong>The</strong> removal of Indonesian words is a first step <strong>in</strong> return<strong>in</strong>g Tetum to its authentic endogenousorig<strong>in</strong>s. A contiguous aim is to <strong>de</strong>vise a system that avoids the imposition of ethnocentricPortuguese or Indonesian-<strong>in</strong>fluenced spell<strong>in</strong>g onto Tetum sounds. Hull and Eccles(2001, p. 222) <strong>de</strong>clare that the orthography of Official Tetum aims to be true to the workof earlier orthographers while avoid<strong>in</strong>g ethnocentric, Portuguese-<strong>in</strong>fluenced and macaronicspell<strong>in</strong>g. <strong>The</strong> pr<strong>in</strong>ciples of renovation also aim to establish a systematic approach to wordformation, establish<strong>in</strong>g three key conventions:(i) A clear set of rules for hyphenation of words (there are many hyphenated words <strong>in</strong>Tetum).


46 K. Taylor-Leech(ii) A set of rules for the use of accents to mark regular and irregular stress.(iii) <strong>The</strong> Tetum-Terik phoneme /w/ is replaced by /b/ so that, for example, the Tetum-Terik word lawarik (child) becomes labarik <strong>in</strong> Official Tetum.Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009<strong>The</strong> orthography follows spell<strong>in</strong>g pr<strong>in</strong>ciples <strong>in</strong>troduced by FRETILIN <strong>in</strong> 1974, when itlaunched its national literacy campaign and the reforms <strong>in</strong>troduced by the Catholic Churchwhen it adopted Tetum as the liturgical <strong>language</strong>. <strong>The</strong>se <strong>in</strong>volved the simplification ofPortuguese words. To give some illustrative examples, educação (education) is transliterate<strong>da</strong>s edukasaun and colonialismo (colonialism) askolonializmu. However, <strong>in</strong> otherrespects, the orthography <strong>de</strong>parts from these traditions. One <strong>in</strong>novation that has proved controversialto a public schooled <strong>in</strong> Portuguese orthographic conventions is the transliterationof the Portuguese sequences lh and nh, which were imposed onto Tetum sounds, <strong>in</strong>to ñ andll as found <strong>in</strong> Galician, a <strong>language</strong> closely related to Portuguese. To give two illustrativeexamples, senhor (sir) as written <strong>in</strong> Portuguese is written as señor and trabalhador(worker) as traballadór. <strong>The</strong>se conventions were previously completely unknown <strong>in</strong><strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Another reform that <strong>de</strong>parts from Portuguese orthographic conventions isthe consistent replacement of the grapheme c and the digraph qu with k as <strong>in</strong> kareta(car), kaneta (pen) and kolega (friend), although place names such as Bacau and Viquequehave not changed their spell<strong>in</strong>g. A further change consistently transliterates the ch comb<strong>in</strong>ation<strong>in</strong> Portuguese ch as x. Hence, cha (tea) is written xá. Actual pronunciation is closer tosá. A f<strong>in</strong>al reform occurs with the replacement of the diphthong ou with o so that, forexample, mouris (to live) is spelt moris (Hull & Eccles, 2001, p. 222).In a <strong>situation</strong> <strong>in</strong> which literacy levels are low and the concept of spell<strong>in</strong>g rules is new,some people f<strong>in</strong>d the rules for hyphens complex while others f<strong>in</strong>d the functions of accentsdifficult to perceive. In<strong>de</strong>ed, there are many examples from other <strong>language</strong>s show<strong>in</strong>g thatnot all attempts at orthographic reforms are successful (see Kaplan & Bal<strong>da</strong>uf, 2003,p. 216, for a discussion of successful and unsuccessful reforms of Malay spell<strong>in</strong>g). In short,the long-term adoption of the orthography <strong>de</strong>pends on the will<strong>in</strong>gness of users to changeand the <strong>de</strong>gree of fit between the orthography and concurrent popular notions of i<strong>de</strong>ntity.<strong>The</strong> Language Directive of 2004: <strong>language</strong> as problemIn the civil service, the re<strong>in</strong>troduction of Portuguese and the <strong>in</strong>troduction of Tetum are already<strong>in</strong> progress. Law 8/2004, which came <strong>in</strong>to force on 16 July 2004, established a number ofrequirements <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g the obligation of public servants to use the official <strong>language</strong>s as the<strong>language</strong>s of the public service. Article 2 (3) of this law specifies that the law applies to:. Civil servants of the Defence Forces.. <strong>The</strong> Police and adm<strong>in</strong>istrative staff of the office of the Presi<strong>de</strong>nt of the Republic.. <strong>The</strong> National Parliament.. <strong>The</strong> courts.. <strong>The</strong> Public Defen<strong>de</strong>rs Unit.. <strong>The</strong> Prosecution Unit (JSMP, 2004, p. 23).<strong>The</strong> current <strong>language</strong> issues <strong>in</strong> the formal justice sector are a legacy of three drastic systemchanges <strong>in</strong> the formal justice sector. Indonesian public policy imposed a shift from aPortuguese to an Indonesian justice system. To complicate matters further, UNTAETRegulation 2000/11 (as amen<strong>de</strong>d by Regulation 2001/25, Article 35) had allowed for the useof four work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s (Portuguese, Tetum, Indonesian and English) <strong>in</strong> the courts dur<strong>in</strong>gwhat was known as the Transitional Period, referr<strong>in</strong>g to the period between 1999 and 2002.


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 47Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009On 27 February 2004, the Superior Council of Magistrates adopted the Directive on theUse of Official Languages <strong>in</strong> the Judicial System, known as the Language Directive (theterm Directive refers to a lower-level class of laws passed by UNTAET). <strong>The</strong> LanguageDirective established that after an <strong>in</strong>terim period of seven months, all court documentswere to be written <strong>in</strong> the official <strong>language</strong>s (JSMP, 2004, p. 4). One of the ma<strong>in</strong> justificationsgiven by the Superior Council of Magistrates for its <strong>de</strong>cision was the need for thecourts to follow <strong>de</strong>velopments <strong>in</strong> other <strong>in</strong>stitutional areas such as public adm<strong>in</strong>istrationand the m<strong>in</strong>istries, where Portuguese is currently <strong>in</strong> use.<strong>The</strong> Language Directive reflects a <strong>language</strong> as problem orientation <strong>in</strong> the formal justicesector. It requires every court actor to use the official <strong>language</strong>s. <strong>The</strong> directive <strong>in</strong>structs allcourt actors 13 to use Portuguese <strong>in</strong> actos procesuais (procedural acts), correspon<strong>de</strong>nce,requests, official documents and letters (JSMP, 2004, p. 13). <strong>The</strong> directive allowed forthe use of work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> documents concern<strong>in</strong>g sentences and appeal submissionsup to September 30, 2004; after that <strong>da</strong>te, judicial secretaries and other court officials were<strong>in</strong>structed not to accept documents that were not written <strong>in</strong> Portuguese. <strong>The</strong> judicial secretariesand other court officials would be subject to discipl<strong>in</strong>ary action if they failed tofollow this directive. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to the directive, all documents not submitted <strong>in</strong> the official<strong>language</strong>s must be returned to their authors and given eight <strong>da</strong>ys for translation to be completedbefore resubmission. To un<strong>de</strong>rstand the full significance of the Language Directive, itis necessary to know someth<strong>in</strong>g of the impact of several previous changes <strong>in</strong> the formaljustice system.<strong>The</strong> Judicial System Monitor<strong>in</strong>g Program (JSMP) is a national NGO (fun<strong>de</strong>d by anumber of English-speak<strong>in</strong>g donors: Aus Aid, US Aid, <strong>The</strong> Asia Foun<strong>da</strong>tion, NewZealand Aid and the International Commission of Jurists. It is also fun<strong>de</strong>d by theF<strong>in</strong>nish Embassy) set up to monitor the courts, provi<strong>de</strong> legal analysis and produce thematicreports on the <strong>de</strong>velopment of the justice system. In 2004, the JSMP produced a report onthe use of <strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong> the formal justice system. <strong>The</strong> report was produced as an argumentaga<strong>in</strong>st the Language Directive and for reta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the use of work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> the justicesystem until such time as court actors become fully bil<strong>in</strong>gual. Although the report reflectsthe <strong>language</strong> attitu<strong>de</strong>s of its writers, it also provi<strong>de</strong>s a glimpse <strong>in</strong>to the realities of <strong>language</strong>change and shift. Dur<strong>in</strong>g the UNTAET period, regulations <strong>in</strong> the district courts were written<strong>in</strong> English with translations, mostly <strong>in</strong>to Indonesian (JSMP, 2004, p. 8). Court actors <strong>in</strong> thedistrict courts used Indonesian <strong>in</strong> hear<strong>in</strong>gs and for adm<strong>in</strong>istrative purposes. UNTAETadopted 72 14 regulations, all written <strong>in</strong> English; 63 of these were translated <strong>in</strong>to Indonesianand n<strong>in</strong>e <strong>in</strong>to Tetum. <strong>The</strong> Special Panel for Serious Crimes (set up by the UN and disban<strong>de</strong><strong>da</strong>t the end of 2005) used English. From 2003 to 2004, the JSMP stated that it did not see as<strong>in</strong>gle case from the district courts where the court actors spoke Portuguese <strong>in</strong> hear<strong>in</strong>gs.Dur<strong>in</strong>g the same period <strong>in</strong> the district courts, the JSMP observed a gradual shift fromIndonesian to Tetum, although Indonesian was still used for writ<strong>in</strong>g. <strong>The</strong> JSMP notedthat <strong>in</strong> the district courts more hear<strong>in</strong>gs were conducted <strong>in</strong> Tetum <strong>in</strong> 2004 than <strong>in</strong> the previousyear. However, <strong>in</strong> practice, the JSMP observed that court actors used Indonesianwhen writ<strong>in</strong>g long documents. Prosecutors still ten<strong>de</strong>d to use Indonesian for read<strong>in</strong>g out<strong>in</strong>dictments and sentenc<strong>in</strong>g. Appeal statements up to April 2004 were written <strong>in</strong> Indonesian.In the Appeals Court too, the effect of multiple system changes on <strong>language</strong> practices waschaotic. Up to April 2004, the JSMP noted that only two written court <strong>de</strong>cisions were issued<strong>in</strong> Tetum. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to the JSMP, dur<strong>in</strong>g appeal hear<strong>in</strong>gs orig<strong>in</strong>at<strong>in</strong>g from the districts, thecourt actors used Tetum when they spoke. <strong>The</strong> JSMP noted that after April 2004, <strong>in</strong> compliancewith the Language Directive, every document from the Court of Appeal had beenwritten <strong>in</strong> Portuguese, although as the JSMP po<strong>in</strong>ted out, these documents are all based


48 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009on a set form that does not require high levels of l<strong>in</strong>guistic ability to complete. <strong>The</strong> majorityof <strong>in</strong>dictments were written <strong>in</strong> Tetum. <strong>The</strong> JSMP observed that court clerks were comply<strong>in</strong>gwith the Language Directive but for documents that were more complex, they usually ma<strong>de</strong>use of Indonesian. After 2004, accord<strong>in</strong>g to the JSMP, two out of the three appeal judges whowere fluent <strong>in</strong> Tetum had started to write <strong>de</strong>cisions <strong>in</strong> Portuguese. On the other hand,the JSMP also noted some reluctance on the part of certa<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>ternational judges to allowthe translation of documents <strong>in</strong>to Tetum from Portuguese, <strong>in</strong>dicat<strong>in</strong>g an expectation thatcourt actors should function fully <strong>in</strong> the Portuguese <strong>language</strong>. As the Appeal Court judges<strong>in</strong>variably work un<strong>de</strong>r <strong>in</strong>ternational contract, there is also frequent turnover of personnelthat leads to a lack both of cont<strong>in</strong>uity and consistency of practice.<strong>The</strong>re are two equally important sets of compet<strong>in</strong>g issues <strong>in</strong> the <strong>de</strong>bate over <strong>language</strong>reform <strong>in</strong> the formal justice sector, neither of which have quick nor easy resolutions. Onthe one hand, the right to a fair trial implies that it is imperative to avoid any <strong>in</strong>justicearis<strong>in</strong>g out of errors of l<strong>in</strong>guistic <strong>in</strong>terpretation or <strong>de</strong>lays caused by translation, possiblyresult<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> loss of public confi<strong>de</strong>nce <strong>in</strong> the system. On the other hand, the use of official<strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> the judicial system enhances their prestige. Tetum does not yet possess afull set of legal terms that could be used <strong>in</strong> the formal justice system; this is due notonly to the imposition of the Indonesian system but also to the fact that East <strong>Timor</strong>ese communitieshave used an <strong>in</strong>formal justice system based on oral traditions, known as Lisan, sono formal source of legal reference has existed for legal terms <strong>in</strong> Tetum. <strong>The</strong> INL produce<strong>da</strong> glossary of legal terms <strong>in</strong> Tetum <strong>in</strong> early 2005; <strong>in</strong> mid-2005, the first cohort of 23 stu<strong>de</strong>ntsgraduated from a course <strong>in</strong> legal translation and court <strong>in</strong>terpret<strong>in</strong>g us<strong>in</strong>g Official Tetum. <strong>The</strong>Asia Foun<strong>da</strong>tion, a US-fun<strong>de</strong>d NGO, also set up a project to <strong>de</strong>velop and clarify legal terms<strong>in</strong> Tetum. Only a very small number of laws and <strong>de</strong>crees have been officially translated <strong>in</strong>toTetum. One of the tasks of the translators on completion of their tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g is to translatethe applicable laws <strong>in</strong>to Tetum. Simultaneous translation facilities have been available(although not always fully operational) <strong>in</strong> the Appeals Courtroom s<strong>in</strong>ce April 2004.This period of l<strong>in</strong>guistic transition <strong>in</strong> the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese justice system is likely tocont<strong>in</strong>ue for quite some time. As Powell (2004, p. 111) po<strong>in</strong>ts out, some 25 years after<strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce, Malaysia still ran its judicial system <strong>in</strong> English. Despite <strong>de</strong>ca<strong>de</strong>s of sophisticated,well-resourced term<strong>in</strong>ological <strong>de</strong>velopment, there was still reluctance to shift to thefull use of Malay <strong>in</strong> the Malaysian courts system (p. 109). Language shift <strong>in</strong> such a powerfuldoma<strong>in</strong> is never straightforward. Moreover, the legal system <strong>in</strong> most countries is <strong>de</strong>eplyl<strong>in</strong>guistically conservative because words that have been tested <strong>in</strong> previous legal <strong>de</strong>cisionshave a known mean<strong>in</strong>g and force whereas new word<strong>in</strong>g may not be <strong>de</strong>emed to have thesame connotations (Kaplan & Bal<strong>da</strong>uf, 2003, p. 120). <strong>The</strong> <strong>de</strong>licate matter of the relationshipbetween <strong>language</strong> and justice rema<strong>in</strong>s an important human rights issue. As Powellstates of the legal profession <strong>in</strong> Malaysia, it has a long way to go before it operates <strong>in</strong> a<strong>language</strong> most people know best but that does not mean it is less just (2004, p. 126).<strong>The</strong> sentiment may be applied with some confi<strong>de</strong>nce to the legal system <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>,which still faces a massive task of reconstruction and l<strong>in</strong>guistic renovation. In<strong>de</strong>ed, thenumerous sound and valid criticisms of the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese legal system ma<strong>de</strong> by theJSMP s<strong>in</strong>ce its <strong>in</strong>ception have not so far <strong>in</strong>clu<strong>de</strong>d any serious miscarriages of justice onaccount of <strong>language</strong>.<strong>The</strong> Language Directive, like the Civil Service Law of 2004, is an example of assimilation-orientedprohibition <strong>in</strong> plac<strong>in</strong>g an obligation on all court actors to use the official<strong>language</strong>s, <strong>in</strong> an effort to carve out a niche for the official <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> this high-statusdoma<strong>in</strong>. <strong>The</strong> implicit objective is to elim<strong>in</strong>ate Indonesian and English from the legaldoma<strong>in</strong>. <strong>The</strong> longer English and Indonesian dom<strong>in</strong>ate <strong>in</strong> such key doma<strong>in</strong>s, the greater


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 49the threat they cont<strong>in</strong>ue to pose to the successful re<strong>in</strong>tegration of the official <strong>language</strong>s. Thishas important implications with regard to the work of NGOs and aid agencies.Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Medium of <strong>in</strong>struction policy goals for 2004–08: <strong>language</strong> as problemA few brief statistics illustrate the scale of the task of rebuild<strong>in</strong>g education <strong>in</strong> post-conflict<strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to the World Bank (2004, p. xvii), <strong>in</strong> 2001, 57% of the adult populationhad little or no school<strong>in</strong>g. Only 23% of the population had received primary education,18% had received secon<strong>da</strong>ry education and a mere 1.4% had received tertiary education.Follow<strong>in</strong>g the violence of 1999, most build<strong>in</strong>gs had been burnt to the ground and a greatnumber of non-East <strong>Timor</strong>ese teachers had left the country, precipitat<strong>in</strong>g the collapse ofthe education system. <strong>The</strong> system was not operational aga<strong>in</strong> until the start of the October2000 school year. From 2002, enrolment <strong>in</strong>creased rapidly across the whole educationsector <strong>in</strong> spite of the lack of a<strong>de</strong>quate build<strong>in</strong>gs, furniture and equipment, <strong>in</strong> spite of unsanitary,unsafe conditions <strong>in</strong> most classrooms and <strong>in</strong> spite of a severe shortage of both teachersand teach<strong>in</strong>g materials. Between 2001 and 2003, the number of primary school teachers<strong>in</strong>creased from 2992 to 4080 and the pupil–teacher ratio dropped from 67:1 to 45:1. Atjunior secon<strong>da</strong>ry level, the number of stu<strong>de</strong>nts <strong>in</strong>creased from 29,586 to 38,180 and thenumber of teachers rose from 884 to 1103 (World Bank, 2004, p. xviii). Although thisgrowth implies an improvement, the <strong>situation</strong> is still far from i<strong>de</strong>al. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to the <strong>de</strong>velopment<strong>in</strong>dicators published <strong>in</strong> the Education and Tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g Sector Investment Program(MECYS, 2004a, p. 1), net enrolment (i.e. the percentage of all children of primary age)<strong>in</strong> 2001 was 75%. This compares poorly with 99% net enrolment <strong>in</strong> Indonesia. Net enrolmentof children of secon<strong>da</strong>ry age was 26%, compared with 43% <strong>in</strong> Indonesia and 67% across EastAsia and the Pacific. <strong>The</strong> mean youth literacy rate (i.e. the percentage of the population agedbetween 15 and 24 who can read or write <strong>in</strong> any official <strong>language</strong>) is 73% compared with98% for Indonesia. <strong>The</strong> M<strong>in</strong>istry of Education currently employs more than 7825 teachers,all recruited after 1999 (MECYS, 2004a, p. 20). Most of these are primary school teacherswho were educated un<strong>de</strong>r the Indonesian system. At secon<strong>da</strong>ry level, a significant percentageof teachers are drawn from among university stu<strong>de</strong>nts who have not completed teacher tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g(UNDP, 2002, p. 52). A large segment of university teachers do not hold basic teach<strong>in</strong>gqualifications let alone postgraduate qualifications. Many recently recruited teachers wereemployed simply on the strength of be<strong>in</strong>g able to speak Portuguese.<strong>The</strong> negative outcomes of two assimilation-oriented education systems have left alegacy of low-level, low-quality educational, personal, social and economic <strong>de</strong>velopmentalong with confusion, anger and controversy over the issue of national i<strong>de</strong>ntity. Educationrema<strong>in</strong>s <strong>in</strong> a state of crisis. It is estimated that at least a quarter of all stu<strong>de</strong>nts currently failthe school year <strong>in</strong> which they are enrolled and at least 10% abandon their studies at eachyear of primary and pre-secon<strong>da</strong>ry education (World Bank, 2004, p. 25). A significantnumber of parents still do not see education as a worthwhile <strong>in</strong>vestment. Rural parents <strong>in</strong>particular rema<strong>in</strong> unconv<strong>in</strong>ced of the value of education for their children. <strong>The</strong> WorldBank Education Report of 2004 provi<strong>de</strong>s an <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>x of the level of parental disengagement.This document reported that 32% of the poorest families and 26% of the richest families had‘no <strong>in</strong>terest’ <strong>in</strong> send<strong>in</strong>g their children to school (World Bank, 2004, p. xix), cit<strong>in</strong>g poor educationalquality (<strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> this category, <strong>in</strong>struction <strong>in</strong> a <strong>language</strong> that children did notun<strong>de</strong>rstand) and lack of access to schools as the ma<strong>in</strong> <strong>de</strong>terrents. <strong>The</strong> World Bank (2004,p. xix) has predicted that only 47% of those who enter Gra<strong>de</strong> 1 will complete Gra<strong>de</strong> 6,while 53% will drop out. Dropout rates are consistently higher among boys than amonggirls (p. 25) and they are generally higher <strong>in</strong> the poorest social qu<strong>in</strong>tiles. On average,


50 K. Taylor-Leechschool dropouts will only complete 4 years of school<strong>in</strong>g, leav<strong>in</strong>g school with very lowlevels of basic literacy and numeracy. <strong>The</strong> outcomes of this <strong>situation</strong> are low levels ofskill and productivity <strong>in</strong> the workforce. Such high levels of school dropout and repetitionalso <strong>in</strong>crease the costs of education. However, a much greater challenge to achiev<strong>in</strong>g universalbasic education is the evi<strong>de</strong>nce that both parents and children rema<strong>in</strong> alienated fromtwo successive education systems that failed to acknowledge or respect East <strong>Timor</strong>ese<strong>language</strong>s and culture or to meet educational needs.Educational <strong>language</strong> reform <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> is be<strong>in</strong>g phased <strong>in</strong> through the formalprimary school system. <strong>The</strong> structure of the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese education system consists of:. 2 years of non-compulsory preschool or k<strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>rgarten, known <strong>in</strong> Portuguese as escolapre-primária (pre-primary school);. 6 years of escola primária (primary school);. 4 years of escola pre-secundária (lower secon<strong>da</strong>ry school); and. 2 years of escola secundária (upper secon<strong>da</strong>ry school).Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Upon completion of this structure, pupils sit for the Ens<strong>in</strong>o Secundário Diploma (Secon<strong>da</strong>rySchool Diploma). Curriculum and <strong>language</strong> plann<strong>in</strong>g for the pre-primary years takesplace outsi<strong>de</strong> the formal school system. Currently, there are 70 preschools cater<strong>in</strong>g foraround 4700 children. Only eight of these pre-schools are public and they are mostly situated<strong>in</strong> the urban areas. Not more than 2% of children between the ages of 3 and 5 yearsattend any sort of preschool programme (UNICEF, 2005, p. 18). Consequently, crucialopportunities for early <strong>language</strong> and literacy <strong>de</strong>velopment are lost. In the first <strong>in</strong>stance,the medium of <strong>in</strong>struction policy focused exclusively on the re<strong>in</strong>troduction of Portuguese.In 2000, UNTAET up<strong>da</strong>ted the primary school curriculum and Portuguese was <strong>de</strong>signate<strong>da</strong>s the <strong>language</strong> of <strong>in</strong>struction. This reform moved up a gra<strong>de</strong> every year after that, reach<strong>in</strong>gGra<strong>de</strong> 5 <strong>in</strong> the aca<strong>de</strong>mic year 2003–04. This curriculum mo<strong>de</strong>l <strong>de</strong>livered Portuguese as asubject for 4 hours a week. However, the practical difficulties caused by the fact that so fewteachers spoke the <strong>language</strong> let alone wrote it led the M<strong>in</strong>istry of Education (un<strong>de</strong>r the FRE-TILIN government it was <strong>de</strong>signated the M<strong>in</strong>istry of Education, Culture, Youth and Sport)to relax its policy and allow teachers to use Tetum to expla<strong>in</strong> th<strong>in</strong>gs to the children.Follow<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>tense <strong>de</strong>bate over the issue of early literacy <strong>in</strong> the child’s first <strong>language</strong>, <strong>in</strong>2005 the M<strong>in</strong>istry accepted Tetum as the medium of <strong>in</strong>struction <strong>in</strong> the first 2 years ofschool<strong>in</strong>g, i.e. from Gra<strong>de</strong> 1 <strong>in</strong> primary school.<strong>The</strong> Education Policy Framework for the years 2004–08 set out a vision, goals and prioritiesfor education. Education policy objectives <strong>in</strong>clu<strong>de</strong> hasten<strong>in</strong>g the re<strong>in</strong>troduction ofPortuguese as well as hasten<strong>in</strong>g the revival of Tetum <strong>in</strong> all schools. Un<strong>de</strong>r the new nationalcurriculum framework, policy man<strong>da</strong>ted the use of Portuguese as the medium of <strong>in</strong>structionfrom Gra<strong>de</strong>s 1 to 6 (World Bank, 2004, pp. 28–29). <strong>The</strong> new curriculum framework was<strong>in</strong>troduced <strong>in</strong>to each gra<strong>de</strong>, commenc<strong>in</strong>g from September 2005 with Gra<strong>de</strong>s 1 and 2, withthe objective of <strong>in</strong>stitut<strong>in</strong>g the framework <strong>in</strong> all primary schools by 2009.<strong>The</strong> new curriculum <strong>de</strong>signated:. 4 hours a week of Tetum and Portuguese as subjects <strong>in</strong> Gra<strong>de</strong>s 1–3;. 5 hours a week of Portuguese and 3 hours a week of Tetum <strong>in</strong> Gra<strong>de</strong> 4 and. 6 hours a week of Portuguese and 2 hours a week of Tetum by Gra<strong>de</strong> 6.<strong>The</strong> new syllabus framework was <strong>in</strong>troduced through the Hundred Schools Parent-TeacherAssociation Project, a pilot programme set up to encourage parent and community <strong>in</strong>volvement<strong>in</strong> schools.


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 51Colonial legacies cont<strong>in</strong>ue to pose significant problems <strong>in</strong> the curriculum. AlthoughPortuguese was <strong>in</strong>troduced as a subject <strong>in</strong> the junior secon<strong>da</strong>ry gra<strong>de</strong>s from 2005, at thetime of writ<strong>in</strong>g, the curriculum <strong>in</strong> junior high schools and senior high schools still runs onthe Indonesian mo<strong>de</strong>l. Indonesian is the most common <strong>language</strong> of <strong>in</strong>struction <strong>in</strong> the universitiesand high schools. Moreover, textbooks are still largely <strong>in</strong> Indonesian. At the NationalUniversity, the <strong>de</strong>gree structure, syllabi and methods of assessment rema<strong>in</strong> predom<strong>in</strong>antlyIndonesian. By 2003, Indonesian was no longer taught as a subject <strong>in</strong> schools or <strong>in</strong> the nationaluniversity; however, junior secon<strong>da</strong>ry and secon<strong>da</strong>ry school stu<strong>de</strong>nts have cont<strong>in</strong>ued to useIndonesian books, while learn<strong>in</strong>g Portuguese up to the time of writ<strong>in</strong>g (World Bank, 2004,p. 29). In this educational context, a <strong>language</strong> as problem orientation is <strong>in</strong>evitable.A key goal of the Education Policy framework was to re<strong>in</strong>troduce Portuguese and Tetumas <strong>language</strong>s of <strong>in</strong>struction (MECYS, 2004b, p. 10). <strong>The</strong> M<strong>in</strong>istry also committed itself to<strong>de</strong>velop<strong>in</strong>g teach<strong>in</strong>g materials for the official <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> addition to improv<strong>in</strong>g the educationalstan<strong>da</strong>rds and qualifications of its teach<strong>in</strong>g staff. This improvement <strong>in</strong>clu<strong>de</strong>d:Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009. <strong>language</strong> <strong>de</strong>velopment <strong>in</strong> Portuguese;. the <strong>de</strong>velopment of bil<strong>in</strong>gual Portuguese/Tetum teach<strong>in</strong>g materials;. the <strong>de</strong>velopment of parent–teacher associations and. the re<strong>in</strong>forcement of the role of parents and of communities <strong>in</strong> school life (MECYS,2004b, pp. 20–24).One particularly strik<strong>in</strong>g statement <strong>in</strong> the MECYS Policy Document for 2004–08 standsout as an <strong>in</strong>dicator of attitu<strong>de</strong>s towards the use of Tetum and the national <strong>language</strong>s asmedium of <strong>in</strong>struction:Overall, s<strong>in</strong>ce Tetum is at a prelim<strong>in</strong>ary stage of <strong>de</strong>velopment, the implementation ofPortuguese will have prece<strong>de</strong>nce, and Tetum may be used as a pe<strong>da</strong>gogic ai<strong>de</strong> <strong>in</strong> the teach<strong>in</strong>gof discipl<strong>in</strong>es related to the environment, social sciences, history and geography (MECYS,2004b, p. 11, English version).Despite its co-official status, this statement firmly places Tetum <strong>in</strong> the role of junior partnerto Portuguese and effectively states that it is an <strong>in</strong>ferior medium for educational purposes.An educational policy conta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the implicit assumption that endogenous <strong>language</strong>s are<strong>de</strong>ficient contributes to the low esteem <strong>in</strong> which people tend to hold their native <strong>language</strong>s.This phenomenon frequently fosters a downward spiral of un<strong>de</strong>rachievement among theirspeakers; moreover, <strong>in</strong> this policy document, the national <strong>language</strong>s are not even mentioned.<strong>The</strong> high level of multil<strong>in</strong>gualism <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> means that first <strong>language</strong>-based orvernacular medium school<strong>in</strong>g presents a major challenge. In almost all cases, the first<strong>language</strong> is unwritten. Appropriate term<strong>in</strong>ology for education purposes is yet to be <strong>de</strong>veloped<strong>in</strong> Tetum, let alone <strong>in</strong> the national <strong>language</strong>s. School-based educational materials <strong>in</strong>the national <strong>language</strong>s are simply not available. Another logistical challenge lies <strong>in</strong> theemployment and placement of a<strong>de</strong>quately tra<strong>in</strong>ed teachers who speak the local <strong>language</strong>s<strong>in</strong> the appropriate communities. To <strong>da</strong>te, the medium of <strong>in</strong>struction policy appears tocomb<strong>in</strong>e ma<strong>in</strong>tenance-oriented promotion of Portuguese with assimilation-oriented tolerationof Tetum. <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> is not unique <strong>in</strong> encounter<strong>in</strong>g this k<strong>in</strong>d of dilemma; the countryshares such problems with small island states across the South Pacific faced with manag<strong>in</strong>gthe cont<strong>in</strong>u<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>fluence of colonial <strong>language</strong>s. As Lother<strong>in</strong>gton (1998, p. 65) notes <strong>in</strong> thecontext of these small island states, ‘postcolonial education policies cont<strong>in</strong>ue to oscillatebetween the security of <strong>in</strong>stituted colonial mo<strong>de</strong>ls and the press<strong>in</strong>g need to shelter andnourish [... <strong>in</strong>digenous] cultures and <strong>language</strong>s’.


52 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009As the draft curriculum framework for 2004–08 (MECYS, 2004b, p. 8) affirms:‘Portuguese and Tetum are the <strong>language</strong>s of <strong>in</strong>struction’. <strong>The</strong> framework <strong>de</strong>scribes one ofthe curriculum objectives for the teach<strong>in</strong>g of <strong>language</strong>s as: ‘the <strong>de</strong>velopment of two<strong>language</strong>s at the same time <strong>in</strong> a process of mutual enrichment’ (p. 9) and it goes on tostate that early literacy will be taught <strong>in</strong> Tetum un<strong>de</strong>r the assumption that the transfer of literacyskills to Portuguese will occur, although it does not state clearly how such a transferwill be achieved. This position <strong>in</strong>dicates that the new curriculum has shifted from a submersionmo<strong>de</strong>l of bil<strong>in</strong>gual education to a transitional one. At a policy level, it would appear thatchildren are <strong>in</strong>ten<strong>de</strong>d to acquire basic skills <strong>in</strong> Tetum while build<strong>in</strong>g up a threshold level <strong>in</strong>Portuguese sufficient to cope with the <strong>de</strong>mands of school<strong>in</strong>g (World Bank, 2004, p. 29).After the <strong>in</strong>troduction of Tetum <strong>in</strong> Gra<strong>de</strong> 1, the emphasis changes gradually to Portugueseby the end of Gra<strong>de</strong> 6. In reality, practice varies from school to school and teachers seem tobe us<strong>in</strong>g a variety of <strong>language</strong> and content teach<strong>in</strong>g strategies. Nevertheless, accord<strong>in</strong>g topolicy, children are learn<strong>in</strong>g to read <strong>in</strong> Tetum, which is a second <strong>language</strong> for many childrenand <strong>in</strong> Portuguese, which is an unknown <strong>language</strong> for the majority of children. A furtherissue lies <strong>in</strong> the reality that teachers are work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> a low or no resource <strong>situation</strong>.<strong>The</strong> Curriculum Framework states that its literacy goals are:. to ensure the effective mastery of both national <strong>language</strong>s, both oral and written skillsand. to <strong>de</strong>velop good habits of read<strong>in</strong>g and writ<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> practical and recreational <strong>situation</strong>s(MECYS, 2004b, p. 9).<strong>The</strong>se policy goals focus on literacy <strong>in</strong> the co-official <strong>language</strong>s. However, the goals do notaddress the many forms that literacy can take. As observed earlier, these forms <strong>in</strong>clu<strong>de</strong> localliteracies or literacy practices associated with local or regional i<strong>de</strong>ntities (Street, 1994,1995) as well as vernacular literacies. As Hornberger (1994) argues, literacy plann<strong>in</strong>gneeds to engage with different forms of literacy and with the uses to which literacy willbe put. Decisions concern<strong>in</strong>g these options have important implications for the wellbe<strong>in</strong>gof those citizens for whom literacy is be<strong>in</strong>g planned. In a <strong>situation</strong> <strong>in</strong> which teacherscannot give sufficient oral support for the second <strong>language</strong> and <strong>in</strong> which there is <strong>in</strong>a<strong>de</strong>quatesupport for children’s first <strong>language</strong> or l<strong>in</strong>gua franca, transitional bil<strong>in</strong>gual education canbecome submersive <strong>in</strong> effect. Moreover, if children’s first <strong>language</strong>s are educationallyand socioculturally <strong>de</strong>valued through cont<strong>in</strong>ued emphasis on the colonial <strong>language</strong>, onepotential long-term outcome could be cont<strong>in</strong>u<strong>in</strong>g <strong>de</strong>ficient mass literacy and poor homeand community support for children’s literacy acquisition. As Lother<strong>in</strong>gton (1998, p. 72)advises, bil<strong>in</strong>gual education requires careful attention:. if it is to avoid fail<strong>in</strong>g to acknowledge the importance of ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g and facilitat<strong>in</strong>gthe <strong>language</strong>s of the home and community;. if it is successfully to enrich and ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong> children’s l<strong>in</strong>guistic repertoires; and. if it is to value their first <strong>language</strong>s.<strong>The</strong>re is a substantial evi<strong>de</strong>nce to support the view that provid<strong>in</strong>g children with educationalsupport for cognitive and social <strong>de</strong>velopment <strong>in</strong> their first <strong>language</strong> enhances theacquisition and <strong>de</strong>velopment of the second <strong>language</strong> by augment<strong>in</strong>g general <strong>language</strong><strong>de</strong>velopment, <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong> awareness and sharpen<strong>in</strong>g a sense of cultural i<strong>de</strong>ntity.Such re<strong>in</strong>forcement is especially important for children <strong>in</strong> low-status speech communities(Baker, 2001; Cumm<strong>in</strong>s, 2000). Provid<strong>in</strong>g education <strong>in</strong> the home <strong>language</strong> also helps to


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 53Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009enhance opportunities for <strong>in</strong>creased community participation <strong>in</strong> education. Siegel (1997)reports that <strong>in</strong> Papua New Gu<strong>in</strong>ea, vernacular medium literacy programmes for children<strong>in</strong> community preschools resulted <strong>in</strong> substantial benefits for children when they enteredformal education (see also Crowley, 2005, p. 36). However, such a goal is far from realisation<strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>, where pr<strong>in</strong>t material <strong>in</strong> the vernacular <strong>language</strong>s is virtually nonexistentand where the absence of graphisation for the majority of the national <strong>language</strong>smakes vernacular literacy education impossible to implement at present.<strong>The</strong> use of a <strong>language</strong> as the medium of <strong>in</strong>struction provi<strong>de</strong>s a powerful tool for ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>gand reviv<strong>in</strong>g that <strong>language</strong> and its culture. <strong>The</strong> use of a <strong>language</strong> as the medium of<strong>in</strong>struction is also an important <strong>in</strong>strument for <strong>in</strong>tergenerational <strong>language</strong> transmission(Fishman & Fishman, 2000). <strong>The</strong> prestige enjoyed by colonial <strong>language</strong>s together withthe low status accor<strong>de</strong>d to endogenous <strong>language</strong>s have jo<strong>in</strong>tly resulted <strong>in</strong> a universallack of confi<strong>de</strong>nce <strong>in</strong> endogenous <strong>language</strong>s as be<strong>in</strong>g a<strong>de</strong>quate and suitable for school<strong>in</strong>g.Like many former colonies, <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> has fallen victim to this popular <strong>in</strong>terpretation. Itsextreme poverty and aid <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>ncy have worked to slow down corpus plann<strong>in</strong>g effortsand to impe<strong>de</strong> serious commitment to literacy <strong>in</strong> the national <strong>language</strong>s. As Alidou(2004, p. 209) asserts, the absence of stan<strong>da</strong>rdisation frequently becomes a convenient<strong>de</strong>lay<strong>in</strong>g tactic serv<strong>in</strong>g to ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong> the power of colonial <strong>language</strong>s s<strong>in</strong>ce little mean<strong>in</strong>gfuleffort is <strong>de</strong>voted to the use of national <strong>language</strong>s as the medium of <strong>in</strong>struction. Although theWorld Bank (2004, pp. 89–90) has advocated the teach<strong>in</strong>g of literacy <strong>in</strong> the first <strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong>the early gra<strong>de</strong>s as a policy option, there is little evi<strong>de</strong>nce of a practical commitment tomak<strong>in</strong>g this a reality <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. This <strong>situation</strong> is by no means unique to <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. As Alidou (2004, p. 205) observes, the World Bank <strong>de</strong>monstrates cont<strong>in</strong>u<strong>in</strong>g reluctanceto embark on programmes to promote comprehensive bil<strong>in</strong>gual education <strong>in</strong> Africa.In summary, the medium of <strong>in</strong>struction problem <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> is the legacy of twocolonial powers, which imposed their own <strong>language</strong>s as medium of <strong>in</strong>struction for economic,political and cultural reasons. In the post-colonial era, the search for effective solutionsto the problem has been constra<strong>in</strong>ed not only by <strong>in</strong>a<strong>de</strong>quate physical and humanresources and by the hesitancy of the M<strong>in</strong>istry of Education to promote the <strong>in</strong>structionaluse of East <strong>Timor</strong>ese <strong>language</strong>s but also by the economic power of western agencies to<strong>in</strong>fluence <strong>de</strong>velopment policies. Table 10 attempts to synthesise the goals, motives andorientations of <strong>language</strong> policy <strong>de</strong>velopment us<strong>in</strong>g Cooper’s (1989, p. 98) account<strong>in</strong>gscheme to draw the activities together <strong>in</strong>to a process. <strong>The</strong> <strong>in</strong>stances of <strong>language</strong> policy<strong>de</strong>velopment discussed <strong>in</strong> this paper are classified accord<strong>in</strong>g to:(i) their societal or l<strong>in</strong>guistic focus (Haugen, 1983),(ii) their treatment of <strong>language</strong> rights (Skutnabb-Kangas, 2000; Skutnabb-Kangas &Phillipson 1989) and(iii) their i<strong>de</strong>ological orientations (Ruiz, 1984).<strong>The</strong> implications of this state of affairs for the ma<strong>in</strong>tenance of the national <strong>language</strong>s arediscussed <strong>in</strong> Part V of this monograph.Part V: <strong>language</strong> ma<strong>in</strong>tenance and prospects<strong>The</strong> Democratic Republic of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> came <strong>in</strong>to existence <strong>in</strong> 2002 at ‘ground zero’.S<strong>in</strong>ce then there has been a massive drive for the reconstruction of:. basic <strong>in</strong>frastructure, governance, civil society and the economy;. the formal legal system and the judiciary;


Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Table 10.Who?Languageplann<strong>in</strong>g agentsConstituentAssemblyCouncil ofM<strong>in</strong>istersFive <strong>in</strong>struments of <strong>language</strong> policy <strong>de</strong>velopment classified by focus, activity type, goals, treatment of multil<strong>in</strong>gualism and policy orientation.Does what?Statutory<strong>in</strong>strumentNationalConstitution of2002Language Decreeof 2004To whom orwhat?Focus: societalor l<strong>in</strong>guisticSocietal focus:Directed at theuses of<strong>language</strong>(s)Societal focus:Directed at theuses of<strong>language</strong>(s)By whatmeans?Activity typeStatusplann<strong>in</strong>gStatusplann<strong>in</strong>gPolicy goals (theformal role of<strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong> society)Officialisation ofTetum andPortuguese as coofficial<strong>language</strong>sOfficialisation ofEnglish andIndonesian aswork<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>sNationalisation of 16endogenous<strong>language</strong>s<strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g TetumPrescription of<strong>language</strong> useTo what ends?Plann<strong>in</strong>g goals (thefunction of <strong>language</strong>s<strong>in</strong> society)Revival of PortugueseTetum re<strong>in</strong>vigorationand spreadWith what effects?Treatment ofmultil<strong>in</strong>gualism andl<strong>in</strong>guistic humanrightsMa<strong>in</strong>tenance/promotion ofTetum andPortugueseTolerance ofendogenous<strong>language</strong>sMa<strong>in</strong>tenance/promotion ofTetumPolicyorientationLanguageas rightLanguageas right54 K. Taylor-Leech


Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009INLSuperior Councilof Magistrates:M<strong>in</strong>istry ofJusticeM<strong>in</strong>istry ofEducationOrthography ofOfficial Tetum2004LanguageDirective of2004Medium ofInstructionPolicy Goals2004–08L<strong>in</strong>guistic focus:directed at thestructure of<strong>language</strong>(s)Societal focus:directed at theimage of<strong>language</strong>(s)Societal focus:directed at<strong>language</strong>usersCorpusplann<strong>in</strong>gPrestigeplann<strong>in</strong>gAcquisitionplann<strong>in</strong>gStan<strong>da</strong>rdisation ofTetum PraçaReversal of <strong>language</strong>shiftRedistribution of<strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong>societyRenovation of TetumExtension ofrepertoire:mo<strong>de</strong>rnisation andstylistic<strong>de</strong>velopment ofTetumLanguage revival and(re)acquisitionthrough school<strong>in</strong>gMa<strong>in</strong>tenance/promotion ofTetumMa<strong>in</strong>tenance/promotion ofPortuguese andTetumPromotion ofPortugueseTolerance of TetumElim<strong>in</strong>ation ofIndonesianLanguageasresourceLanguageasproblemLanguageasproblemCurrent Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 55


56 K. Taylor-Leech. agriculture, <strong>in</strong>formation and communications and. health, education and human resource <strong>de</strong>velopment.<strong>The</strong> government has had to manage the process of social reconciliation and build<strong>in</strong>g diplomaticrelationships with Portugal, Australia and Indonesia as well as with the rest of the<strong>in</strong>ternational community. <strong>The</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>ese have also had to manage their relationshipwith the UN and the <strong>in</strong>ternational aid <strong>in</strong>dustry. Although <strong>in</strong> some quarters it has beencalled a potential failed state, mo<strong>de</strong>st progress has been ma<strong>de</strong>, particularly <strong>in</strong> the field ofeducation (for a more <strong>de</strong>tailed discussion, see An<strong>de</strong>rson, 2006). Despite the recent upheavals,<strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> is still an <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt <strong>de</strong>mocracy, albeit a somewhat precarious one. <strong>The</strong><strong>de</strong>velopment challenges and achievements of the period between 1999 and 2006 have been<strong>de</strong>scribed and evaluated <strong>in</strong> <strong>de</strong>tail elsewhere (An<strong>de</strong>rson, 2006; K<strong>in</strong>gsbury & Leach, 2007;Nicolai, 2004). In this f<strong>in</strong>al part, I discuss the prospects for <strong>language</strong> ma<strong>in</strong>tenance andsome possible future directions for <strong>language</strong> policy and plann<strong>in</strong>g.Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Language revival effortsLanguage revival efforts like other social reforms have been impe<strong>de</strong>d by political <strong>in</strong>stabilityand lack of fund<strong>in</strong>g. Compet<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong> i<strong>de</strong>ologies that disparage Tetum while promot<strong>in</strong>gPortuguese, Indonesian and English have also hampered <strong>language</strong> revival and reform. Atpresent, the <strong>language</strong>s of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> coexist <strong>in</strong> an uneasy, hierarchical relationship.Language politics and ad hoc <strong>language</strong> practices on the part of NGOs aid agencies andpeacekeep<strong>in</strong>g forces contribute to a <strong>situation</strong> of assymetrical multil<strong>in</strong>gualism (Clyne,1997, p. 306) <strong>in</strong> which:. Indonesian and English compete with the official <strong>language</strong>s;. Portuguese has greater prestige than Tetum <strong>in</strong> most formal doma<strong>in</strong>s and. the endogenous <strong>language</strong>s have a lower sociol<strong>in</strong>guistic profile than do all four officialand work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s.While the constitutional provisions for <strong>language</strong> allow for the <strong>de</strong>velopment of scientificactivities to protect and preserve the national <strong>language</strong>s, the ma<strong>in</strong> focus has been on re<strong>in</strong>troduc<strong>in</strong>gthe co-official <strong>language</strong>s as quickly as possible. As Bow<strong>de</strong>n and Hajek(2007, p. 272) po<strong>in</strong>t out, if the experience of other countries may be taken as provid<strong>in</strong>gsome gui<strong>da</strong>nce, the concentration of resources on <strong>de</strong>velop<strong>in</strong>g Portuguese and Tetum mayprove to be economically of only short-term benefit. As the follow<strong>in</strong>g examples show,current <strong>language</strong> revival projects are small scale and <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt on outsi<strong>de</strong> fund<strong>in</strong>g.<strong>The</strong>re is still a long way to go for the endogenous <strong>language</strong>s actually to be ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong>e<strong>da</strong>nd promoted.Three projects have achieved mo<strong>de</strong>st success <strong>in</strong> the face of fund<strong>in</strong>g constra<strong>in</strong>ts, lack oflocal expertise and political <strong>in</strong>stability.(1) <strong>The</strong> L<strong>in</strong>guistic Survey of East <strong>Timor</strong>, a collaborative project between the INL at theUniversity of East <strong>Timor</strong> and the University of Western Sydney, was launched <strong>in</strong>1995. It aimed to produce <strong>language</strong> profiles of selected vernaculars <strong>in</strong> East<strong>Timor</strong>. <strong>The</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong> <strong>language</strong> profiles are a series of basic <strong>de</strong>scriptions of thenational <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong>ten<strong>de</strong>d as <strong>in</strong>troductions for l<strong>in</strong>guists and non-l<strong>in</strong>guistswork<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Language profiles have been published for Tetum-Praça, Waima’a, Southern Mambae, Baikenu and Galoli (Accessed February 4,2008, from www.asianlang.mq.edu.au/INL/profiles.html).


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 57(2) <strong>The</strong> Waima’a Documentation Project (see http://rspas.anu.edu.au/l<strong>in</strong>guistics/projects/waimaha/eng/team.html) focuses on <strong>de</strong>velop<strong>in</strong>g and document<strong>in</strong>gWaima’a and on <strong>in</strong>vestigat<strong>in</strong>g the effects of its contact with a neighbour<strong>in</strong>g<strong>language</strong>, Makasae. In addition to produc<strong>in</strong>g an orthography for Waima’a, theproject participants have prepared two collections of children’s stories, an alphabetbook and a Waima’a–Tetum–Portuguese–English–Indonesian glossary for localdistribution. <strong>The</strong> <strong>in</strong>vestigators report that the proposed orthography (based onthe INL official orthographic conventions) and materials have been well receivedby the local community.(3) Lastly, the Fataluku Language Project has produced a dictionary, a proposed orthographyand record<strong>in</strong>gs of songs and stories <strong>in</strong> Fataluku. <strong>The</strong> only written text everpublished <strong>in</strong> Lóvaia is published on its website (Available April 30, 2008, atwww.fataluku.com).Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Potential policy outcomesTo return to the mo<strong>de</strong>ls used <strong>in</strong> my analysis of <strong>language</strong>-policy <strong>de</strong>velopment, policyapproaches <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> comb<strong>in</strong>e non-discrim<strong>in</strong>atory prescription, assimilation-orientedtolerance and ma<strong>in</strong>tenance-oriented promotion. A mixture of <strong>language</strong>-as-problem,<strong>language</strong>- as-resource and <strong>language</strong>-as-right orientations is discernable and no clearpicture of a coherent overall orientation emerges. Mixed <strong>language</strong>-policy orientations area product of <strong>de</strong>ferential attitu<strong>de</strong>s towards colonial <strong>language</strong>s, which are associated withmo<strong>de</strong>rnity and progress while endogenous <strong>language</strong>s tend to be associated with backwardnessand tradition (Fishman, 1990; Pattanayak, 1986; Ruiz, 1995). <strong>The</strong>re are three potentiallynegative outcomes from this k<strong>in</strong>d of policy approach.<strong>The</strong> marg<strong>in</strong>alisation of the national <strong>language</strong>sAccord<strong>in</strong>g to the provisions of the Constitution, the national <strong>language</strong>s are not forbid<strong>de</strong>n.<strong>The</strong>ir use is permitted and supported but not for functions that are performed <strong>in</strong> an official<strong>language</strong>. <strong>The</strong> best outcome that can be expected from this policy approach is that thenational <strong>language</strong>s will cont<strong>in</strong>ue to be restricted to oral usage <strong>in</strong> rural doma<strong>in</strong>s. However,the worst outcome could be that as <strong>language</strong> shift beg<strong>in</strong>s to occur on a wi<strong>de</strong>r scale, thenational <strong>language</strong>s might be expected to <strong>de</strong>cl<strong>in</strong>e or even to start to disappear, an outcomethat has occurred to a number of smaller <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> Indonesia (Florey, 1991; Hajek, 2006).<strong>The</strong> failure of Tetum to thrive <strong>in</strong> higher doma<strong>in</strong>s<strong>The</strong> orthography of Official Tetum, the Language Decree and the Language Directive are allexamples of ma<strong>in</strong>tenance-oriented promotional <strong>language</strong> policies; however, <strong>in</strong> view of theoverall policy approach and without evi<strong>de</strong>nce of greater support and engagement fromsocial actors at both community and <strong>in</strong>dividual levels together with the cooperation of <strong>in</strong>ternationaldonors, these ma<strong>in</strong>tenance-oriented promotional policies are unlikely to fullyachieve the <strong>de</strong>sired outcome of ensur<strong>in</strong>g that Tetum thrives <strong>in</strong> the <strong>de</strong>signated doma<strong>in</strong>s.Subtractive <strong>language</strong> learn<strong>in</strong>g and lack of teacher/parent supportInitially, the medium of <strong>in</strong>struction plann<strong>in</strong>g followed a typical submersion mo<strong>de</strong>l of<strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong>struction. <strong>The</strong> recent change to a transitional mo<strong>de</strong>l <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g an early shiftto Portuguese is encourag<strong>in</strong>g but it is still likely to result <strong>in</strong> subtracted competence <strong>in</strong>both Portuguese and Tetum <strong>in</strong> later gra<strong>de</strong>s. Submersion education not only affects the


58 K. Taylor-Leechself-esteem of learners but also that of teachers and parents, who are themselves oftensurvivors of such systems. <strong>The</strong> experience of be<strong>in</strong>g socialised <strong>in</strong>to consi<strong>de</strong>r<strong>in</strong>g their own<strong>language</strong> to be <strong>in</strong>ferior can lead teachers and parents to take a negative view of the useof first <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> the classroom. Parents also often want their children to learn the colonial<strong>language</strong> because they realise that it is the <strong>language</strong> of opportunity. Lack of parentalsupport and un<strong>de</strong>rstand<strong>in</strong>g has been the cause of bil<strong>in</strong>gual education policy failure <strong>in</strong> anumber of contexts where the former colonial <strong>language</strong> is regar<strong>de</strong>d as the only <strong>language</strong>of opportunity and upward mobility (Hornberger, 1987; Kamwangamalu, 2001).Future directionsIn view of the issues raised <strong>in</strong> this monograph, I would like to discuss four f<strong>in</strong>al recommen<strong>da</strong>tions,based on l<strong>in</strong>guistic research and on the experiences of many small countries struggl<strong>in</strong>gwith the legacies of colonialism that might un<strong>de</strong>rp<strong>in</strong> a more proactive, rights-oriente<strong>da</strong>pproach to <strong>language</strong> management <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>.Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Additive bil<strong>in</strong>gualism offers the best mo<strong>de</strong>l for valu<strong>in</strong>g endogenous <strong>language</strong>s<strong>The</strong> literature provi<strong>de</strong>s conv<strong>in</strong>c<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>ternational evi<strong>de</strong>nce that early immersion <strong>in</strong> the first<strong>language</strong> rather than <strong>in</strong> the former colonial <strong>language</strong> has educational, psychological,social and cultural benefits (UNESCO, 2003). <strong>The</strong> results from such immersion programmeshave been positive <strong>in</strong> many parts of the world (Roma<strong>in</strong>e, 2001, p. 529). <strong>The</strong>mo<strong>de</strong>l of additive bil<strong>in</strong>gualism, promoted through the education system, is wi<strong>de</strong>ly regar<strong>de</strong><strong>da</strong>s the best mo<strong>de</strong>l for valu<strong>in</strong>g not only the official <strong>language</strong>s but also the endogenous<strong>language</strong>s and cultures and for exploit<strong>in</strong>g the potential of those <strong>language</strong>s as resourcesfor <strong>de</strong>velopment and growth. An additive approach to <strong>language</strong> teach<strong>in</strong>g and learn<strong>in</strong>gwould <strong>de</strong>monstrate the value of Tetum by grant<strong>in</strong>g it equal status with Portuguese as a<strong>language</strong> of <strong>in</strong>struction and, as Alidou (2004) and Lopes (1998) suggest, would allowfor vernacular-medium school<strong>in</strong>g at least as an oral medium through the early primaryyears. Such an approach can facilitate the transfer of literacy to the official <strong>language</strong>(s)at a later stage <strong>in</strong> education as has been <strong>de</strong>monstrated to be i<strong>de</strong>ally the case with the‘Three Language Formula’ <strong>in</strong> India (Khubchan<strong>da</strong>ni, 1978; Schiffman, 1996).Lopes (1998, p. 31), writ<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the context of Mozambique, has recommen<strong>de</strong>d an ‘<strong>in</strong>itialbil<strong>in</strong>gualism mo<strong>de</strong>l’. Applied to <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>, the <strong>in</strong>itial bil<strong>in</strong>gualism mo<strong>de</strong>l would meanthat the changeover to Portuguese would only occur after a period of at least 3 years <strong>in</strong>which Portuguese and Tetum were used as jo<strong>in</strong>t medium of <strong>in</strong>struction. This recommen<strong>da</strong>tionresembles the current M<strong>in</strong>istry of Education policy goals. However, I contend thatpolicymakers should place greater emphasis on Tetum as a <strong>language</strong> of <strong>in</strong>struction and literacy.Such emphasis would not only vali<strong>da</strong>te Tetum but would also reduce the risk of un<strong>de</strong>rproficiency<strong>in</strong> Portuguese <strong>in</strong> the later gra<strong>de</strong>s. <strong>The</strong>re is abun<strong>da</strong>nt evi<strong>de</strong>nce that the Tetum<strong>language</strong> has become an overarch<strong>in</strong>g core cultural value for the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese people,suggest<strong>in</strong>g that the young people and newly literate adults who emerge from an additivebil<strong>in</strong>gual and biliteral education will do so with a good command of both Portuguese andTetum. Young people and newly literate adults will also have the self-respect that comesfrom the knowledge and affirmation of their own l<strong>in</strong>guistic and cultural i<strong>de</strong>ntity and fromthe awareness that it is genu<strong>in</strong>ely valued <strong>in</strong> society and by the state.While schools cannot be expected to bear exclusive responsibility for <strong>language</strong> ma<strong>in</strong>tenanceand revival, they can play an important role <strong>in</strong> forg<strong>in</strong>g l<strong>in</strong>ks with parents andlocal communities to raise awareness and encourage cooperative engagement <strong>in</strong> <strong>language</strong>


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 59plann<strong>in</strong>g. It is vital that parents be conv<strong>in</strong>ced of the value of additive bil<strong>in</strong>gual education.<strong>The</strong> Hundred Schools Parent-Teacher Association Project <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> presents a gol<strong>de</strong>nopportunity to engage with parents on the issues of bi and multil<strong>in</strong>gual education. In anadditive approach to <strong>language</strong> teach<strong>in</strong>g and learn<strong>in</strong>g, parents can play a useful role asmo<strong>de</strong>ls of the local <strong>language</strong>s. Parents and children can be more <strong>in</strong>volved <strong>in</strong> the life ofthe school when the school vali<strong>da</strong>tes the <strong>language</strong> that is used at home.Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Successful literacy is <strong>in</strong>digenised <strong>in</strong>to peoples’ culturesWhile the promotion of vernacular literacy cannot protect endogenous <strong>language</strong>s aga<strong>in</strong>stpossible threats from <strong>language</strong>s of wi<strong>de</strong>r communication, there are other very goodreasons for encourag<strong>in</strong>g literacy <strong>in</strong> the endogenous <strong>language</strong>s. In addition to the positivepsychological and educational benefits, speakers of such <strong>language</strong>s can be <strong>in</strong>forme<strong>da</strong>bout their own histories, cultures and traditions as well as empowered to make <strong>in</strong>formedchoices about their place <strong>in</strong> the world. Develop<strong>in</strong>g literacy can imbue a <strong>language</strong> with prestigeand make it suitable for use <strong>in</strong> mo<strong>de</strong>rn social doma<strong>in</strong>s. Dictionaries and grammars alsoenhance the status of <strong>language</strong>s <strong>in</strong> the eyes of their users. At the same time, however, asGrenoble and Whaley (2006, p. 102) po<strong>in</strong>t out, it is important to un<strong>de</strong>rstand that thepursuit of vernacular literacy is not an end <strong>in</strong> itself. Local literacies require contexts ofuse. I<strong>de</strong>ally, the emergence of local literacies should <strong>in</strong>crease the social and economicadvantages of local <strong>language</strong>s for literate speakers. In addition, the objective should beto <strong>de</strong>velop multiple literacies <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g literacy that:(1) empowers people <strong>in</strong> their activities outsi<strong>de</strong> their immediate environment and(2) embol<strong>de</strong>ns people to use a local <strong>language</strong> by creat<strong>in</strong>g social spheres where read<strong>in</strong>gand writ<strong>in</strong>g the local <strong>language</strong> is expected (Grenoble & Whaley, 2006, p. 118).However, as Grenoble and Whaley warn, it is important to be cautious when it comes to<strong>in</strong>troduc<strong>in</strong>g literacy to an endogenous, oral culture. As they po<strong>in</strong>t out (p. 103), literacyhas a complex relationship with other aspects of culture and <strong>in</strong>evitably its <strong>in</strong>troduction<strong>in</strong>itiates changes <strong>in</strong> a traditionally oral culture. <strong>The</strong> <strong>in</strong>troduction of literacy also impliesthat there is a literate group with<strong>in</strong> the culture who can act as teachers and the creationand emergence of this group <strong>in</strong>variably calls for outsi<strong>de</strong> expertise and fund<strong>in</strong>g. <strong>The</strong> <strong>in</strong>fluencesof external expertise and fund<strong>in</strong>g as well as the creation and emergence of a literateelite add another level of complexity. It is essential to assess the costs and benefits to a communitythat may accompany the <strong>in</strong>troduction of literacy. Most unsuccessful attempts at literacyimplantation occur when outsi<strong>de</strong>rs impose orthographies and prescribe forms of the<strong>language</strong> or read<strong>in</strong>g materials that are unacceptable to those be<strong>in</strong>g asked to adopt them.I<strong>de</strong>ally, as Grenoble and Whaley suggest, literacy <strong>de</strong>velops best from grassroots movementswith<strong>in</strong> the communities themselves.Accord<strong>in</strong>g to Crowley (2000b, p. 379), the experience of literacy projects <strong>in</strong> manyPacific island populations <strong>de</strong>monstrates that literacy should be <strong>in</strong>corporated <strong>in</strong>to people’scultures <strong>in</strong> or<strong>de</strong>r to permit them to be successful. This experience implies that while literacyhas been <strong>in</strong>troduced from outsi<strong>de</strong>, successful literacy becomes <strong>in</strong>digenised <strong>in</strong>to the<strong>language</strong> ecology. A critical issue <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> will be the production <strong>in</strong> both Tetumand the endogenous <strong>language</strong>s for both children and adults of literacy materials that gobeyond the classroom and reflect East <strong>Timor</strong>ese culture, values and realities so that literacycan have a purpose and can flourish. As Crowley (2000b, p. 384) has observed <strong>in</strong> thecontext of literacy teach<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> Vanuatu, <strong>language</strong> policymakers should be encouraged to


60 K. Taylor-Leechpromote vernacular literacy <strong>in</strong> such a way that it promotes local rather than exclusivelynational or <strong>in</strong>ternational <strong>in</strong>terests. Crowley (2005, pp. 31–49) wisely recommends a verygradual <strong>in</strong>troduction of <strong>in</strong>itial vernacular literacy, over a period of at least 15 years <strong>in</strong>or<strong>de</strong>r to avoid los<strong>in</strong>g public support through errors <strong>in</strong> implementation or poor plann<strong>in</strong>g.Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Language policy success grows from changes <strong>in</strong> perceptions of <strong>language</strong>and from community <strong>de</strong>cision-mak<strong>in</strong>gAs I have discussed at length <strong>in</strong> this monograph, colonial <strong>language</strong> plann<strong>in</strong>g has fosteredthe impression that endogenous <strong>language</strong>s are <strong>in</strong>ferior and as a consequence less suitablefor use at higher levels of national life. Successful plann<strong>in</strong>g for <strong>language</strong> revival needsto grow from community changes <strong>in</strong> the perception of <strong>language</strong> and from community <strong>in</strong>volvement<strong>in</strong> <strong>de</strong>cision-mak<strong>in</strong>g processes. Such processes can make a positive contribution toreconciliation and social reconstruction. Community engagement through the multitu<strong>de</strong> ofnetworks and NGOs that exist <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> could yield rich lexical resources and encourage<strong>in</strong>terest <strong>in</strong> the stan<strong>da</strong>rdisation of Tetum.Language policy can promote social <strong>in</strong>clusionAs Almei<strong>da</strong> (2001) observes, the era of post-colonial studies has been marked by the revelationof the <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>ncy of post-colonial societies on representations of their i<strong>de</strong>ntity bythe colonisers. A <strong>language</strong> policy approach that <strong>in</strong>vites an <strong>in</strong>clusive and accommo<strong>da</strong>t<strong>in</strong>gview of i<strong>de</strong>ntity should be able to <strong>in</strong>corporate the different narratives that have grownout of the experience of occupation and diaspora. Follow<strong>in</strong>g May (2001, p. 311), Isuggest that through the recognition of the collective <strong>language</strong> rights of all <strong>language</strong>groups, the nation state can be re-imag<strong>in</strong>ed (An<strong>de</strong>rson, 1983) to accommo<strong>da</strong>te greaterdiversity, while still acknowledg<strong>in</strong>g the historical and cultural forces that have shapedthe i<strong>de</strong>ntities and the habitus of its speech communities.On a f<strong>in</strong>al note, I suggest that successful nation-build<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the present political climatemakes social <strong>in</strong>clusion <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> not so much an i<strong>de</strong>al as an imperative. A <strong>language</strong>policy that moves towards the ma<strong>in</strong>tenance-oriented promotion of <strong>language</strong> rights needs toacknowledge that <strong>language</strong> plann<strong>in</strong>g is a niched activity (i.e. it states unequivocally what<strong>language</strong>s should be used for which purposes). In clos<strong>in</strong>g, I suggest that such a rights/resource orientation to <strong>language</strong> management can avoid a <strong>situation</strong> <strong>in</strong> which ad hocpower relationships between <strong>language</strong>s cont<strong>in</strong>ue to dom<strong>in</strong>ate social discourse and <strong>language</strong>politics. It can also enable the speakers of all East <strong>Timor</strong>ese <strong>language</strong>s to participate <strong>in</strong> thenation-build<strong>in</strong>g process and to confront the challenges of social reconciliation and national<strong>de</strong>velopment on their own terms.AcknowledgementsMy s<strong>in</strong>cere thanks to Professors Robert Kaplan, Richard Bal<strong>da</strong>uf Jr, John Hajek and an anonymousreviewer for their close read<strong>in</strong>g and helpful comments on this monograph. All responsibility for thef<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>gs and any errors rest with the author.Notes1. PPP (Purchas<strong>in</strong>g Power Parity) <strong>de</strong>signates a rate of exchange that accounts for price differencesacross countries, allow<strong>in</strong>g comparisons of real output and <strong>in</strong>comes. PPP US$ rate has the samepurchas<strong>in</strong>g power <strong>in</strong> the domestic economy as $1 has <strong>in</strong> the USA.


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 61Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 20092. <strong>The</strong> survey was conducted over 2.5 years (August 2003 to December 2006). <strong>The</strong> representativesample of 1272 adults (aged 15 and over) was selected us<strong>in</strong>g random methods from all districts.3. GOLKAR (Sekretariat Bersama Golongan Karya or Jo<strong>in</strong>t <strong>Secretaria</strong>t of Functional Groups)was the rul<strong>in</strong>g party dur<strong>in</strong>g the Suharto regime (1966–98). It is the biggest party <strong>in</strong> thecurrent rul<strong>in</strong>g coalition <strong>in</strong> Indonesia.4. <strong>The</strong> last surviv<strong>in</strong>g Lóvaia speakers live <strong>in</strong> Porlamano <strong>in</strong> the Mehara suco <strong>in</strong> the district ofLautem. <strong>The</strong>y are surroun<strong>de</strong>d by the Fataluku <strong>language</strong>, which is used for <strong>da</strong>ily communicationacross all generations. Fataluku l<strong>in</strong>guistic vitality is very high. Although <strong>in</strong>tergenerational transmissionof Lóvaia has long been <strong>in</strong> <strong>de</strong>cl<strong>in</strong>e, particularly s<strong>in</strong>ce the Second World War, it is thoughtthat ‘cultural concealment’ has contributed to its <strong>de</strong>mise (Hajek et al., 2003, p. 165). Culturalconcealment is a process <strong>in</strong> which subord<strong>in</strong>ate ethnic groups mask their l<strong>in</strong>guistic i<strong>de</strong>ntityoutsi<strong>de</strong> certa<strong>in</strong> physical boun<strong>da</strong>ries. Severe population loss <strong>in</strong> the Indonesian period and theadvanc<strong>in</strong>g age of speakers also account for the drop <strong>in</strong> the number of Lóvaia speakers. It hasrecently been suggested that Lóvaia is not so much moribund as ‘<strong>in</strong> a coma’ because its speakersare only <strong>in</strong>troduced to the <strong>language</strong> by someone who wants to transfer their knowledge of Lóvaia.This usually implies that the recipient will be <strong>in</strong> their 60s (Engelenhoven & Cailoru, 2006).5. <strong>The</strong> figures for literacy appear to have omitted the <strong>da</strong>ta for the age group 6–9 years. In otherwords, the percentages for <strong>language</strong> use shown <strong>in</strong> Table 18 of the Census Atlas are for the populationover the age of 10 and are based on the ability to speak, read and write <strong>in</strong> any of the official<strong>language</strong>s.6. <strong>The</strong> constriction of mass-education policy was the same throughout Portugal’s colonies. Toillustrate, vernacular education was outlawed <strong>in</strong> Angola <strong>in</strong> 1921 and by 1950, all schools <strong>in</strong>Angola were Portuguese-medium (Powell, 2002, p. 271).7. <strong>The</strong> crocodile is an important symbol <strong>in</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>ese mythology and culture.8. Note, however, that such provisions may create conflict or violate other legal conditions(Youmans, 2007).9. <strong>The</strong> word topasse is <strong>de</strong>rived from tupassi, a Dravidian word, mean<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>terpreter. <strong>The</strong>y werealso called os casados (lit. the married ones) because they were the product of mixed race marriages,a practice orig<strong>in</strong>at<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> Goa and Malacca where there are many people of Eurasianorig<strong>in</strong> (Albarran Carvalho, 2003, p. 74).10. For an <strong>in</strong>terest<strong>in</strong>g discussion of the historiography of the island of <strong>Timor</strong>, see Häger<strong>da</strong>l, 2006.11. <strong>The</strong> Manufahi rebellion was a serious challenge to Portuguese control. It has been <strong>in</strong>vested withnationalist sentiments, and the liurai Dom Boaventura, who led the rebellion, has gone down <strong>in</strong>the discourses of East <strong>Timor</strong>ese history as a nationalist hero.12. <strong>The</strong> DDLC is supported by the German Agency for Technical Cooperation and the PortugueseNational Parliament. <strong>The</strong> Calouste Gulbenkian Foun<strong>da</strong>tion <strong>in</strong> Portugal and the Portuguese governmentalso provi<strong>de</strong> fund<strong>in</strong>g (see <strong>Timor</strong> L<strong>in</strong>ks, Accessed February 4, 2008, from www.worldbank.og/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/COUNTRIES/EASTASIAPACIFICEXT/TIMORLESTEEXTN/O).13. Court actors <strong>in</strong>clu<strong>de</strong> judges, prosecutors, lawyers and court clerks.14. <strong>The</strong> figures given <strong>in</strong> the JSMP report are mathematically <strong>in</strong>consistent. <strong>The</strong> figures quoted heremust therefore be regar<strong>de</strong>d as approximate.Notes on contributorKerry Taylor-Leech is a postdoctoral fellow <strong>in</strong> applied l<strong>in</strong>guistics at Macquarie University, New SouthWales. Her research has focused on <strong>language</strong> policy and sociol<strong>in</strong>guistics. <strong>The</strong> author has been closely<strong>in</strong>volved with the East <strong>Timor</strong>ese community <strong>in</strong> Queensland, Australia and <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> s<strong>in</strong>ce 2001.ReferencesAditjondro, G. (1994). East <strong>Timor</strong>: An Indonesian <strong>in</strong>tellectual speaks out. Melbourne: AustralianCouncil for Overseas Aid.Ager, D. (2001). Motivation <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g. Clevedon: Multil<strong>in</strong>gual Matters.Ager, D. (2005). Prestige and image plann<strong>in</strong>g. In E. H<strong>in</strong>kel (Ed.), Handbook of research <strong>in</strong> second<strong>language</strong> teach<strong>in</strong>g and learn<strong>in</strong>g (pp. 1035–1054). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.Albarran Carvalho, M. (2001). Características <strong>da</strong>s línguas crioulas e do Português conservado nazona. Contribuicão para a língua official [Characteristics of the creole <strong>language</strong>s and the


62 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Portuguese conserved <strong>in</strong> the zone. A contribution to the official <strong>language</strong>.]. Studies <strong>in</strong> Languagesand Cultures of East <strong>Timor</strong>, 4, 20–36.Albarran Carvalho, M. (2003). Panorama l<strong>in</strong>guístico <strong>de</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>. I<strong>de</strong>nti<strong>da</strong><strong>de</strong> regional, nacional epessoal [L<strong>in</strong>guistic panorama of <strong>Timor</strong>: Regional, national and personal i<strong>de</strong>ntity.]. Camões:Revista <strong>de</strong> letras e culturas Lusófonas [Camões: Journal of Lusophone letters and Cultures,14, 65.Alidou, H. (2004). Medium of <strong>in</strong>struction <strong>in</strong> post-colonial Africa. In J. Tollefson & A. Tsui (Eds.),Medium of <strong>in</strong>struction policies: What agen<strong>da</strong>? Whose agen<strong>da</strong>? (pp. 195–214). Mahwah, NJ:Lawrence Erlbaum.Alisjahbana, S. (1975). Language plann<strong>in</strong>g for mo<strong>de</strong>rnisation: <strong>The</strong> case of Indonesia and Malaysia.<strong>The</strong> Hague: Mouton.Almei<strong>da</strong>, M. (2001). Epilogue of empire: East <strong>Timor</strong> and the Portuguese post-colonial catharsis.I<strong>de</strong>ntities: Global Studies <strong>in</strong> Culture and Power, 8(4), 583–605.An<strong>de</strong>rson, B. (1983). Imag<strong>in</strong>ed communities: Reflections on the orig<strong>in</strong> and spread of nationalism.London: Verso.An<strong>de</strong>rson, T. (2006). <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>: <strong>The</strong> second <strong>in</strong>tervention. Journal of Australian Political Economy,58, 62–93.Appel, R., & Muysken, P. (1987). Language contact and bil<strong>in</strong>gualism. London; Baltimore, MD:Edward Arnold.Arneburg, M. (1999). Education and human capital. In J. Pe<strong>de</strong>rson & M. Arneburg (Eds.), Report onsocial and economic conditions <strong>in</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong> (pp. 83–103). Oslo: Fafo Institute of Applied SocialScience.Auty, R. (1993). Susta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g <strong>de</strong>velopment <strong>in</strong> m<strong>in</strong>eral economies: <strong>The</strong> ‘resource curse’ thesis. London:Routledge.Baker, C. (2001). Foun<strong>da</strong>tions of bil<strong>in</strong>gual education and bil<strong>in</strong>gualism (3rd ed.). Clevedon:Multil<strong>in</strong>gual Matters.Baker, D., & Langeraar, W. (2005, February 3–4). <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> 2004 Census mapp<strong>in</strong>g and GPS operations.First Asia and Pacific Forum on Statistics. Retrieved January 29, 2008, from www.unescap.org/STAT/apex/1/apex1_session2_UNFPA.pdfBaxter, A. (1990). Notes on the creole Portuguese of Bi<strong>da</strong>u. Journal of Pidg<strong>in</strong> and Creole Languages,5(1), 1–38.Bhola, H. (1984). Campaign<strong>in</strong>g for literacy: Eight national experiences of the twentieth century, witha memorandum to <strong>de</strong>cision-makers. Lanham, MD: UNIPUB.Boughton, B. (2007, November 14–15). East <strong>Timor</strong>’s national adult literacy campaign and its contributionto social transformation, Paper presented at the CRAMS Symposium, NSW: Universityof New England.Boughton, B., & Durnan, D. (2007). <strong>The</strong> political economy of adult education and <strong>de</strong>velopment. InD. K<strong>in</strong>gsbury & M. Leach (Eds.), East <strong>Timor</strong>: Beyond <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce (pp. 209–221). Clayton,Victoria: Monash University Press.Bourdieu, P. (1991). Language and symbolic power. Cambridge: Polity Press.Bow<strong>de</strong>n, J., & Hajek, J. (2007). Not just Tetum: Language <strong>de</strong>velopment and the case of Waima’a. InD. K<strong>in</strong>gsbury & M. Leach (Eds.), East <strong>Timor</strong>: Beyond <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce (pp. 263–274). Clayton,Victoria: Monash University Press.Budiarjo, C., & Liong, L. (1984). <strong>The</strong> war aga<strong>in</strong>st East <strong>Timor</strong>. London: Zed Books.Cabral, E., & Mart<strong>in</strong>-Jones, M. Writ<strong>in</strong>g the resistance: Literacy <strong>in</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>. 1975–1999. <strong>The</strong>International Journal of Bil<strong>in</strong>gual Education and Bil<strong>in</strong>gualism, 11(2), 149–169.Canberra Times (Australia) (2007, July 7). Ramos Horta’s new directions for East <strong>Timor</strong>. RetrievedJune 28, 2008, from http://www.etan.org/et2007/july/07/07jrnew.htm.Capell, A. (1944). People and <strong>language</strong>s of <strong>Timor</strong>. Oceania, 14(3), (1943), 191–219; 14(4), (1944),311–337; 15(1), (1944), 19–48.Capell, A. (1972). Portuguese <strong>Timor</strong>. Two more non-Austronesian <strong>language</strong>s. Oceania L<strong>in</strong>guisticMonographs, 15, 96–104.Carey, P., & Carter Bentley, G. (1995). East <strong>Timor</strong> at the crossroads: <strong>The</strong> forg<strong>in</strong>g of a nation. London:Cassell.CAVR. (2006). Chega! F<strong>in</strong>al report of the Commission for Reception, Truth and Reconciliation <strong>in</strong>East <strong>Timor</strong>. Dili, RDTL: Comissão <strong>de</strong> Acolhimento, Ver<strong>da</strong><strong>de</strong> e Renonciliação <strong>de</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>[Commission for Reception, Truth and Reconciliation <strong>in</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>].


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 63Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Census Atlas. (2006). <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> Census of Population And Hous<strong>in</strong>g 2004. Dili, <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>:Direcção Nacional <strong>de</strong> Estatística [National Statistics Directorate] and UNFPA. Dili: RDTL.Retrieved April 11, 2008, from http://dne.mopf.gov.tl/latestrelease/publications/ATLAS/ATLAS%English.pdfCheetham, J. (2005). A weekly newspaper – East <strong>Timor</strong>’s hope [Electronic Version]. Union AidAbroad Overseas Projects. Retrieved October 29, 2007, from www.aphe<strong>da</strong>.org.au/projects/easttimor/pages/1187140447_22841.htmlCIA. (2007). <strong>The</strong> CIA world fact book: <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Retrieved December 10, 2007, from https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/geos/tt.htmlCIA. (2008). <strong>The</strong> CIA world fact book: <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Retrieved June 8, 2008, from https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/geos/tt.htmlClyne, M. (1997). Multil<strong>in</strong>gualism. In F. Coulmas (Ed.), <strong>The</strong> handbook of sociol<strong>in</strong>guistics(pp. 301–314). Oxford: Blackwell.Cohen, M. (2002). A tangle of tongues. Far Eastern Economic Review, 165(14), 50–52.Constituent Assembly (2002). <strong>The</strong> Constitution of the Democratic Republic of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Dili:RDTL.Cooper, R. (1989). Language plann<strong>in</strong>g and social change. Cambridge University Press.Crowley, T. (2000a). <strong>The</strong> <strong>language</strong> <strong>situation</strong> <strong>in</strong> Vanuatu. Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g, 1(1),47–132.Crowley, T. (2000b). <strong>The</strong> consequences of vernacular (il)literacy <strong>in</strong> the Pacific. Current Issues <strong>in</strong>Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g, 1(3), 368–388.Crowley, T. (2005). Compet<strong>in</strong>g agen<strong>da</strong>s <strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>digenous <strong>language</strong> renewal: Initial vernacular education<strong>in</strong> Vanuatu. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 172, 31–49.Cumm<strong>in</strong>s, J. (2000). Language, power and pe<strong>da</strong>gogy: Bil<strong>in</strong>gual children <strong>in</strong> the crossfire. Clevedon:Multil<strong>in</strong>gual Matters.<strong>da</strong> Cruz, A. (2004). Editorial. Camões: Revista <strong>de</strong> letras e culturas Lusófonas [Camões: Journal ofLusophone Letters and Cultures], 14, 1.Davidson, B. (1972). In the eye of the storm: Angola’s people. London: Longman.Direcção Nacional <strong>de</strong> Estatística (National Statistics Directorate). (2006). National priority tables:Census of Population and Hous<strong>in</strong>g 2004. Dili: RDTL, Direcção Nacional <strong>de</strong> Estatística andUnited Nations Population Fund (UNFPA).Dodd, M. (2001, August 25). <strong>Timor</strong> fight<strong>in</strong>g a war of words. <strong>The</strong> Age. (Australia). Retrieved June 28,2008, from http://www.etan.org/et2001c/august/19-25/25tfight.htm.Drys<strong>da</strong>le, J. (2007). Susta<strong>in</strong>able <strong>de</strong>velopment or resource cursed? An exploration of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>’s<strong>in</strong>stitutional choices. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Australian National University,Canberra ACT.Dunn, J. (1983). East <strong>Timor</strong>: A rough passage to <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce. Double Bay, NSW: LonguevilleBooks.Ellsworth, K. (1999, February 19). Racial and ethnic relations <strong>in</strong> the mo<strong>de</strong>rn world-system: A comparativeanalysis of Portuguese <strong>in</strong>fluence <strong>in</strong> Angola and Brazil, Paper presented at the 1999Conference of the International Studies Association.Esperança, J. (2001). Estudos <strong>de</strong> L<strong>in</strong>guística <strong>Timor</strong>ense [Studies of <strong>Timor</strong>ese L<strong>in</strong>guistics]. Aveiro:SUL Associação De Cooperação Para o Desenvolvimento.Fa<strong>in</strong>gold, E. (2004). Language rights and <strong>language</strong> justice <strong>in</strong> the constitutions of the world. LanguageProblems & Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g, 28(1), 11–24.Fasold, F. (1984). <strong>The</strong> sociol<strong>in</strong>guistics of society. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.Ferguson, C. (1959). Diglossia. Words, 15, 325–340.Fernan<strong>de</strong>s, A. (1967). Metodo pratico <strong>de</strong> apren<strong>de</strong>r o Tetum [Practical method for learn<strong>in</strong>g Tetum].Macao: Escola tipografica do orfanato <strong>de</strong> Macau, (Orig<strong>in</strong>al work published 1937).Ferreira, E. (1974). Portuguese Colonialism <strong>in</strong> Africa: <strong>The</strong> End of an Era. Paris: UNESCO.Ferreira Men<strong>de</strong>s, F. (1940). Portugal and her colonial empire. Part 1. Journal of the Royal AfricanSociety, 39(156), 225–230.Fishman, J. (1967). Bil<strong>in</strong>gualism with and without diglossia; diglossia with and without bil<strong>in</strong>gualism.Journal of Social Issues, 23(2), 29–38.Fishman, J. (Ed.). (1972a). Advances <strong>in</strong> the sociology of <strong>language</strong>: An <strong>in</strong>terdiscipl<strong>in</strong>ary social scienceapproach to <strong>language</strong> <strong>in</strong> society. Advances <strong>in</strong> the sociology of <strong>language</strong> (Vol. 1, pp. 217–404).<strong>The</strong> Hague: Mouton.


64 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Fishman, J. (1972b). Doma<strong>in</strong>s and the relationship between micro and macro sociol<strong>in</strong>guistics. InJ. Hymes & D. Hymes (Eds.), Directions <strong>in</strong> sociol<strong>in</strong>guistics: <strong>The</strong> ethnography of speak<strong>in</strong>g(pp. 435–553). New York: Holt, R<strong>in</strong>ehart & W<strong>in</strong>ston.Fishman, J. (1978). <strong>The</strong> Indonesian <strong>language</strong> plann<strong>in</strong>g experience: What does it tell us? In S. Ud<strong>in</strong>(Ed.), Spectrum: Essays presented to Sultan Takdir Alisjahbana on his 70th birth<strong>da</strong>y(pp. 332–339). Jakarta: Dian Rakyat.Fishman, J. (1990). What is revers<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong> shift (RLS) and how can it succeed? Journal ofMultil<strong>in</strong>gual and Multicultural Development, 11(1), 5–36.Fishman, J., & Fishman, G. (2000). Reth<strong>in</strong>k<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong> <strong>de</strong>fense. In R. Phillipson (Ed.), Rights to<strong>language</strong>: Equity, power and education (pp. 23–27). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.Florey, M. (1991). Shift<strong>in</strong>g patterns of <strong>language</strong> allegiance: A generational perspective from EasternIndonesia. In H. Ste<strong>in</strong>hauer (Ed.), Papers <strong>in</strong> Austronesian l<strong>in</strong>guistics No 1 (pp. 39–47). Canberra,ACT: Pacific L<strong>in</strong>guistics.Fox, J. (1997). <strong>The</strong> historical position of Tetum among the <strong>language</strong>s of the <strong>Timor</strong> area, Paper presente<strong>da</strong>t the Tetum <strong>language</strong> conference, Mirambeena Tourist Resort, Darw<strong>in</strong>.Fox, J. (2003). Trac<strong>in</strong>g the path, recount<strong>in</strong>g the past: Historical perspectives on <strong>Timor</strong>. In J. Fox &D. Babo Soares (Eds.), Out of the ashes: Deconstruction and reconstruction of East <strong>Timor</strong>(pp. 1–27). Canberra, ACT: ANU E Press.Freire, P. (1972). Pe<strong>da</strong>gogy of the oppressed. Harmondsworth: Pengu<strong>in</strong>.Funnell, A. (2002). Poverty-stricken – A divi<strong>de</strong>d nation struggles to cope [Electronic Version]. ABCNews Onl<strong>in</strong>e, Retrieved January 5, 2007, from www.abc.net.au/newsGellner, E. (1983). Nations and Nationalism: New Perspectives on the Past. Oxford: BasilBlackwell.Glover, I. (1971). Prehistoric research <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>. In D. Mulvaney & J. Golson (Eds.), Aborig<strong>in</strong>al manand environment <strong>in</strong> Australia (pp. 158–181). Canberra, ACT: <strong>The</strong> Australian National University.Gonzales, A. (1980). Language and nationalism: <strong>The</strong> Philipp<strong>in</strong>e experience thus far. Quezon City,Metro Manila: Ateneo <strong>de</strong> Manila University Press.Gordon, R. (2005). Ethnologue: Languages of the world (15th ed.), [Electronic Version]. RetrievedDecember 11, 2005, from www.ethnologue.comGrenoble, L., & Whaley, L. (2006). Sav<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong>s. Cambridge University Press.Gunn, G. (1999). <strong>Timor</strong> Lorosa’e: 500 years. Macao: Livros do Oriente.Hagège, C. (1996). Histoire d’ un combat [History of a conflict]. Paris: Michel Hagège.Häger<strong>da</strong>l, H. (2006). Servião and Belu: Colonial conceptions and the geographic partition of <strong>Timor</strong>.Studies on Asia, 3(1), 49–64.Hailemariam, C., Kroon, S., & Walters, J. (1999). Multil<strong>in</strong>gualism and nation-build<strong>in</strong>g: Languageand education <strong>in</strong> Eritrea. Journal of Multil<strong>in</strong>gual and Multicultural Development, 20(6),475–493.Hajek, J. (2000). Language plann<strong>in</strong>g and the sociol<strong>in</strong>guistic environment <strong>in</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>: Colonialpractice and chang<strong>in</strong>g <strong>language</strong> ecologies. Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g, 1(3), 400–413.Hajek, J. (2002). Language ma<strong>in</strong>tenance and survival <strong>in</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>: All change now? W<strong>in</strong>ners andlosers. In D. Bradley & M. Bradley (Eds.), Language en<strong>da</strong>ngerment and <strong>language</strong> ma<strong>in</strong>tenance(pp. 189–202). New York: Routledge and Curzon.Hajek, J. (2006). <strong>Timor</strong> Lorosa’e: Language <strong>situation</strong>. In K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of <strong>language</strong>sand l<strong>in</strong>guistics. London: Elsevier.Hajek, J., Himmelmann, N., & Bow<strong>de</strong>n, J. (2003). Lóvaia: An East <strong>Timor</strong>ese <strong>language</strong> on the verge ofext<strong>in</strong>ction. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 160, 155–167.Haugen, E. (1983). <strong>The</strong> implementation of corpus plann<strong>in</strong>g theory and practice. In J. Cobarrubias &J. Fishman (Eds.), Progress <strong>in</strong> <strong>language</strong> plann<strong>in</strong>g (pp. 269–290). Berl<strong>in</strong>: Mouton.Himmelmann, N., & Hajek, J. (2001). A report on the current sociol<strong>in</strong>guistic <strong>situation</strong> <strong>in</strong> Lautém (East<strong>Timor</strong>). Studies <strong>in</strong> Languages and Cultures of East <strong>Timor</strong>, 4, 88–97.Hornberger, N. (1987). Bil<strong>in</strong>gual education success but policy failure. Language <strong>in</strong> Society, 16(2),205–226.Hornberger, N. (1994). Literacy and <strong>language</strong> plann<strong>in</strong>g. Language and Education, 8(1–2),75–86.Hudson, A. (1991). Toward the systematic study of diglossia. South West Journal of L<strong>in</strong>guistics,10(1), 1–22.Hull, G. (1998a). <strong>The</strong> <strong>language</strong>s of <strong>Timor</strong> 1772–1997: A literature review. Studies <strong>in</strong> Languages andCultures of East <strong>Timor</strong>, 1, 1–38.


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 65Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Hull, G. (1998b). <strong>The</strong> basic lexical aff<strong>in</strong>ities of <strong>Timor</strong>’s Austronesian <strong>language</strong>s: A prelim<strong>in</strong>ary <strong>in</strong>vestigation.Studies <strong>in</strong> Languages and Cultures of East <strong>Timor</strong>, 1, 97–202.Hull, G. (1999). Towards a <strong>language</strong> policy for an <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt East <strong>Timor</strong>. Studies <strong>in</strong> Languages andCultures of East <strong>Timor</strong>, 2, 1–7.Hull, G. (2000, August 25). I<strong>de</strong>ntity, <strong>language</strong> and educational policy. Paper presented at CNRTCongress, Dili: Instituto Camões.Hull, G. (2001). A morphological overview of the <strong>Timor</strong>ic Sprachbund. Studies <strong>in</strong> Languages andCultures of East <strong>Timor</strong>, 4, 98–205.Hull, T. (2003). From prov<strong>in</strong>ce to nation: <strong>The</strong> <strong>de</strong>mographic revolution. In J. Fox & D. Babo Soares(Eds.), Out of the ashes: Deconstruction and reconstruction of East <strong>Timor</strong> (pp. 29–40). Canberra,ACT: Australian National University E Press.Hull, G., & Eccles, L. (2001). Tetum reference grammar. W<strong>in</strong>ston Hills: Sebastiao Aparicio <strong>da</strong> SilvaProject and the Instituto Nacional <strong>de</strong> L<strong>in</strong>guística [National Institute of L<strong>in</strong>guistics]. Dili: NationalUniversity of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>.Internal Displacement Monitor<strong>in</strong>g Centre (2007). <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>: Unfulfilled protection and assistanceneeds hamper the return of the displaced, Retrieved January 29, 2008, from www.<strong>in</strong>ternaldisplacement.org.Jolliffe, J. (1978). East <strong>Timor</strong>: Nationalism and colonialism. St Lucia: University of QueenslandPress.Jones, G. (2001). Social policy issues <strong>in</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>: Education and health. In H. Hill & J. Sal<strong>da</strong>nha(Eds.), East <strong>Timor</strong>: Development challenges for the world’s newest nation (pp. 256–271).Canberra, ACT: Asia Pacific Press.Jones, G. (2003). Education and human resource <strong>de</strong>velopment. In J. Fox & D.B. Soares (Eds.), Out ofthe ashes: Destruction and reconstruction of East <strong>Timor</strong> (pp. 41–52). Canberra, ACT: AustralianNational University E Press.JSMP (Judicial System Monitor<strong>in</strong>g Program) (2004, August). <strong>The</strong> impact of the <strong>language</strong> directive onthe courts <strong>in</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>, [Electronic Version]. Retrieved February 10, 2005, fromwww.jsmp.m<strong>in</strong>ihub.org.Kamwangamalu, N. (2001). <strong>The</strong> <strong>language</strong> plann<strong>in</strong>g <strong>situation</strong> <strong>in</strong> South Africa. Current Issues <strong>in</strong>Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g, 2(4), 361–445.Kaplan, R., & Bal<strong>da</strong>uf, R.B., Jr. (2003). Language and <strong>language</strong>-<strong>in</strong>-education plann<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the PacificBas<strong>in</strong>. Dordrecht: Kluwer.Khalik, A. (2007). Indonesian yes, English yes, Portuguese, sorry, no. <strong>The</strong> Jakarta Post, 3.Khubchan<strong>da</strong>ni, L. (1978). Language, education and social justice. Pune, India: Centre forCommunication Studies.K<strong>in</strong>gsbury, D., & Leach, M. (Eds.). (2007). East <strong>Timor</strong>: Beyond <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce. Clayton, VIC:Monash University Press.Kukan<strong>da</strong>, V. (2000). Diversi<strong>da</strong><strong>de</strong> l<strong>in</strong>guística em África [L<strong>in</strong>guistic diversity <strong>in</strong> Africa]. AfricanaStudia, 3, 101–117.La’o Hamutuk [Walk<strong>in</strong>g Together] Bullet<strong>in</strong> (2003). Brazilian cooperation <strong>in</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>, 4(3/4), 14–17.Retrieved April 9, 2008, from http://www.laohamutuk.org/Bullet<strong>in</strong>/2003/Aug/bullet<strong>in</strong>v4n34b.htmlLeach, M. (2002). Valoris<strong>in</strong>g the resistance: National i<strong>de</strong>ntity and collective memory <strong>in</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>’sConstitution. Social Alternatives, 21(3), 43–47.Liddicoat, A. (2004). Language plann<strong>in</strong>g for literacy: Issues and implications. Current Issues <strong>in</strong>Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g, 5(1), 1–7.Liddle, R. (1992). Pemilu-Pemilu or<strong>de</strong> baru: pasang surut kekuasan politik [New Or<strong>de</strong>r elections:<strong>The</strong> ebb and flow of political power]. Jakarta: LPPPES.Lopes, A. (1998). <strong>The</strong> <strong>language</strong> <strong>situation</strong> <strong>in</strong> Mozambique. Journal of Multil<strong>in</strong>gual and MulticulturalDevelopment, 19(5–6), 440–486.Lother<strong>in</strong>gton, H. (1998). Trends and tensions <strong>in</strong> post-colonial <strong>language</strong> education <strong>in</strong> the South Pacific.International Journal of Bil<strong>in</strong>gual Education and Bil<strong>in</strong>gualism, 1(1), 65–75.Lother<strong>in</strong>gton, H. (2004). Bil<strong>in</strong>gual education. In A. Davies & C. El<strong>de</strong>r (Eds.), <strong>The</strong> handbook ofapplied l<strong>in</strong>guistics (pp. 695–718). Oxford: Blackwell.Lowenburg, P. (1992). Language policy and <strong>language</strong> i<strong>de</strong>ntity <strong>in</strong> Indonesia [Electronic version].Journal of Asian Pacific Communication, 3(1), 59–77.Lundry, C. (2000, February 19–20). From passivity to political resource: <strong>The</strong> Catholic Church <strong>in</strong>East <strong>Timor</strong> (revised version), Paper presented at the Seventeenth Annual University of


66 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009California, Berkeley Conference, ‘Religion, Civil society and NGOs <strong>in</strong> Southeast Asia’,Retrieved September 29, 2004, from www.etan.org/etreligious/2001a/polresrce.htmLundry, C. (2004, October 6–8). <strong>The</strong> success of tradition: Lisan and the re<strong>in</strong>tegration of East<strong>Timor</strong>ese militia members. Paper presented at the Twentieth Annual Wiscons<strong>in</strong> Institute forPeace and Conflict Studies Conference, ‘Challenges and Paths to Justice’, Marquette University.Macauhub Economic Information Service (2007). Portugal signs 2007–2010 co-operation programwith East <strong>Timor</strong>, [Electronic Version]. Retrieved September 3, 2007, from www.macauhub.com.moManyak, P. (2004). Literacy <strong>in</strong>struction, discipl<strong>in</strong>ary practice and diverse learners: A case study.Journal of Early Childhood Literacy, 4(1), 129–149.Mali, A. (2007, June 6). Ramos-Horta to announce plans to end E. <strong>Timor</strong> military crisis. Kyodo News.,Retrieved June 28, from http://www.etan.org/et2007/june09/06ramos.htmMay, S. (2001). Language and m<strong>in</strong>ority rights. Ethnicity, nationalism and the politics of <strong>language</strong>.Harlow: Pearson.MECYS (M<strong>in</strong>istry of Education, Culture, Youth and Sports) (2004a). Education and tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g:Priorities and proposed sector <strong>in</strong>vestment program. Dili: RDTL.MECYS (M<strong>in</strong>istry of Education, Culture, Youth and Sports) (2004b). Education policy 2004–2009.Dili: RDTL.Meijer, G., & Birm<strong>in</strong>gham, D. (2004). Angola from past to present. Accord, 15, Accessed October 16,2007, from http://www.c-org/accord/ang/accord15/02.shtmlModvig, J., et al. (2000). Health and human rights: Torture and trauma <strong>in</strong> post-conflict East <strong>Timor</strong>. <strong>The</strong>Lancet, 356(9243), 1763.Murdoch, L. (2006, October 31). Dili gangs l<strong>in</strong>ked to political players. Sydney Morn<strong>in</strong>g Herald(Australia), Retrieved June 10, 2008, from http://www.smh.com.au/news/world/dili-gangsl<strong>in</strong>ked-to-political-players/2006/10/30/1162056926759.htmlMurray Thomas, R. (1966). Educational remnants of military occupation: <strong>The</strong> Japanese <strong>in</strong> Indonesia.Asian Survey, 6(11), 630–642.Mytton, G., & Soares, E. (2007). <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> National Media Survey: F<strong>in</strong>al report, Fon<strong>da</strong>tionHiron<strong>de</strong>lle [Hiron<strong>de</strong>lle Foun<strong>da</strong>tion], Media for Peace and Human Dignity.National Geographic Atlas of the World (2004). <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>, [Map]. Retrieved May 21, 2007, fromhttp://www.nationalgeographic.com/xpeditions.atlas.etimor/etimor-d.pdfNichol, B. (1978). <strong>Timor</strong>: <strong>The</strong> stillborn nation. Melbourne: Visa.Nichol, B. (2002). East <strong>Timor</strong>: A nation reborn (2nd ed.). Jakarta: Equ<strong>in</strong>ox Publish<strong>in</strong>g.Nicolai, S. (2004). Learn<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce: Education <strong>in</strong> emergency and transition <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>s<strong>in</strong>ce 1999. Paris: International Institute for Educational Plann<strong>in</strong>g.Noor<strong>de</strong>rlicht (2007). Sprankje hoop voor talenvorsers. Nieuw ont<strong>de</strong>kte taal Rusenu alweer bijna uitgestorven,[Electronic Version]. Retrieved January 24, 2008, from www.noor<strong>de</strong>rlicht.vpro.nl/artikelen 336635727.Pattanayak, D. (1986). Educational use of the mother tongue. In B. Spolsky (Ed.), Language and education<strong>in</strong> multil<strong>in</strong>gual sett<strong>in</strong>gs (pp. 5–15). Clevedon: Multil<strong>in</strong>gual Matters.P<strong>in</strong>to, C., & Jard<strong>in</strong>e, M. (1997). East <strong>Timor</strong>’s unf<strong>in</strong>ished struggle. Boston: South End Press.Powell, R. (2002). Language plann<strong>in</strong>g and the British Empire: Compar<strong>in</strong>g Pakistan, Malaysia andKenya. Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g, 3(3), 205–279.Powell, R. (2004). Term<strong>in</strong>ological creation and <strong>language</strong> shift <strong>in</strong> Malaysia’s legal system. CurrentIssues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g, 5(2), 109–129.Rhee, M. (1992). Language plann<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> Korea un<strong>de</strong>r the Japanese colonial adm<strong>in</strong>istration, 1910–1945. Language, Culture and Curriculum, 5, 87–97.Rob<strong>in</strong>son, C. (1993). Where l<strong>in</strong>guistic m<strong>in</strong>orities are <strong>in</strong> the majority: Language dynamics amidst highl<strong>in</strong>guistic diversity. AILA Review, 10, 52–70.Rob<strong>in</strong>son, G. (2003). East <strong>Timor</strong> 1999: Crimes aga<strong>in</strong>st Humanity: Report commissioned by theUnited Nations Office of the High Commission for Human Rights (OHCHR). HighCommission for Human Rights.Roma<strong>in</strong>e, S. (1995). Bil<strong>in</strong>gualism. Oxford: Blackwell.Roma<strong>in</strong>e, S. (2001). Multil<strong>in</strong>gualism. In M. Aronoff & J. Rees-Miller (Eds.), <strong>The</strong> handbook of l<strong>in</strong>guistics(pp. 512–532). Oxford: Blackwell.Ruiz, R. (1984). Orientations <strong>in</strong> <strong>language</strong> plann<strong>in</strong>g. NABE Journal, 8(2), 15–34.Ruiz, R. (1995). Language plann<strong>in</strong>g consi<strong>de</strong>rations <strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>digenous communities. Bil<strong>in</strong>gual ResearchJournal, 19(1), 71–81.


Current Issues <strong>in</strong> Language Plann<strong>in</strong>g 67Downloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009Schiffman, H. (1993). <strong>The</strong> balance of power <strong>in</strong> multiglossic <strong>language</strong>s: Implications for <strong>language</strong>shift. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 103, 115–148.Schiffman, H. (1996). L<strong>in</strong>guistic culture and <strong>language</strong> policy. London: Routledge.Schulte Nordholt, H. (1971). <strong>The</strong> political system of the Atoni of <strong>Timor</strong>. <strong>The</strong> Hague: Mart<strong>in</strong>us Nijhoff.Schulz, D., & Freitas, F. (2002, August 16). East <strong>Timor</strong>’s tower of Babel. Sydney Morn<strong>in</strong>g Herald,p. 9.Sheri<strong>da</strong>n, G. (2006, June 1). Downhill all the way s<strong>in</strong>ce Habibie let go: Australian policy towards East<strong>Timor</strong> has failed s<strong>in</strong>ce 1998. <strong>The</strong> Australian, p. 012.Shohamy, E. (2006). Language policy: Hid<strong>de</strong>n agen<strong>da</strong>s and new approaches. London: Routledge.Siegel, J. (1997). Formal versus non-formal vernacular education: <strong>The</strong> educational reform <strong>in</strong>Papua New Gu<strong>in</strong>ea. Journal of Multil<strong>in</strong>gual and Multicultural Development, 18(3), 206–222.Skutnabb-Kangas, T. (1990). Language, literacy and m<strong>in</strong>orities: A m<strong>in</strong>ority group report. Brixton,London: M<strong>in</strong>ority Rights Group.Skutnabb-Kangas, T. (2000). L<strong>in</strong>guistic genoci<strong>de</strong> <strong>in</strong> education or worldwi<strong>de</strong> diversity and humanrights? Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.Skutnabb-Kangas, T., & Phillipson, R. (1989). Wanted! L<strong>in</strong>guistic human rights. Roskil<strong>de</strong>: Roskil<strong>de</strong>University Centre.Smith, A. (1974). António Salazar and the reversal of Portuguese colonial policy. <strong>The</strong> Journal ofAfrican History, 15(4), 653–667.Smolicz, J. (1991). Language core values <strong>in</strong> a multicultural sett<strong>in</strong>g. International Review ofEducation, 37(1), 33–52.Smythe, P. (1998). <strong>The</strong> Catholic Church <strong>in</strong> East <strong>Timor</strong>. In T. Retbøll (Ed.), East <strong>Timor</strong>: Occupationand resistance, (WGIA Document No. 89, 153–176). Copenhagen: International Work Group forIndigenous Affairs.Sneddon, J. (2003). Diglossia <strong>in</strong> Indonesian. Journal of the Humanities and Social Science ofSoutheast Asia and Oceania, 159(4), 519–549.Steele, J. (2006, April 3). <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> Press essential <strong>in</strong> build<strong>in</strong>g i<strong>de</strong>ntity. Pacific Media Watch, 12.Steele, J. (2007). <strong>The</strong> voice of East <strong>Timor</strong>: Journalism, i<strong>de</strong>ology and the struggle for <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce.Asian Studies Review, 31(3), 261–282.Steele, J., & Macdonald, J. (2007, June 11). <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> needs Indonesian <strong>language</strong> more than others.<strong>The</strong> Jakarta Post Onl<strong>in</strong>e., Retrieved June 18, 2007, from http://www.thejakartapost.comStreet, B. (1984). Literacy <strong>in</strong> theory and <strong>in</strong> practice. Cambridge University Press.Street, B. (1994). What is meant by local literacies? Language and Education, 8(1–2), 9–17.Street, B. (1995). Social literacies: Critical approaches to literacy <strong>in</strong> <strong>de</strong>velopment, ethnography an<strong>de</strong>ducation. London: Longman.Suara <strong>Timor</strong> Lorosa’e. (2005, February 7). 53 warga Hatubuiliko mati kelaparan (53 citizens die ofstarvation <strong>in</strong> Hatubuiliko).Taylor, J. (1991). Indonesia’s forgotten war. <strong>The</strong> hid<strong>de</strong>n history of East <strong>Timor</strong>. London: ZedBooks.Taylor, A. (2005). Rural communications <strong>de</strong>velopment <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Development Bullet<strong>in</strong>, 68,136–139.<strong>The</strong> Australian. (2001, July 5). <strong>Timor</strong> <strong>de</strong>al closes the revenue gap. p.010.<strong>The</strong> Australian. (2002, December 6). Tough tasks ahead for East <strong>Timor</strong>. p.010.Taylor-Leech, K. (2007). <strong>The</strong> ecology of <strong>language</strong> plann<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>: A study of <strong>language</strong>policy, plann<strong>in</strong>g and practices <strong>in</strong> i<strong>de</strong>ntity construction. Brisbane, Queensland: GriffithUniversity, Unpublished doctoral dissertation.Thomaz, L. (1981). <strong>The</strong> formation of Tetum-Praca, vehicular <strong>language</strong> of East <strong>Timor</strong>. Cahiersd’archipel 13. Paris: Association Archipel.Thomaz, L. (1994). De Ceuta a <strong>Timor</strong> [From Ceuta to <strong>Timor</strong>]. Alges, Portugal: Carnaxi<strong>de</strong>, Difel –Difusao Editorial S.A.Thomaz, L. (2002). Babel Lorosa’e. O problema l<strong>in</strong>guistico <strong>de</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong> [Babel Lorosa’e. <strong>The</strong> l<strong>in</strong>guisticproblem of <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>]. Instituto Camoes [Camoes Institute].Thompson, J. (Ed.). (1991). Language and symbolic power, Pierre Bourdieu. Cambridge: PolityPress.Turner, M. (1992). Tell<strong>in</strong>g East <strong>Timor</strong>: Personal testimonies 1942–1992. Sydney: New South WalesUniversity Press.UNDP (2002). Ukun rasik a’an: East <strong>Timor</strong> – <strong>The</strong> way ahead: East <strong>Timor</strong> Human DevelopmentReport 2002. Dili: RDTL, Author.


68 K. Taylor-LeechDownloa<strong>de</strong>d By: [Taylor-Leech, Kerry] At: 04:10 3 June 2009UNDP (2006). <strong>The</strong> path out of poverty. Dili: RDTL, Author.UNESCO (2003). Education <strong>in</strong> a multil<strong>in</strong>gual world, UNESCO Education Position Paper.UNICEF (2005). UNICEF <strong>in</strong> <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>. Dili: RDTL, Author.United States Central Intelligence Agency. (2003). East <strong>Timor</strong> [Map]. Perry Castañe<strong>da</strong> MapCollection: East <strong>Timor</strong> Maps. TX: University of Aust<strong>in</strong>. Retrieved June 22, 2007, from http://www.ulib.texas.edu/maps/east.timor.htmlvan Engelenhoven, A., & Cailoru, J. (2006, June 2–3). <strong>The</strong> Makuva enigma, Paper presented at theSecond Conference on Austronesian Languages and L<strong>in</strong>guistics, Oxford.Walsh, P. (1999). From opposition to proposition: <strong>The</strong> National Council of <strong>Timor</strong>ese Resistance(CNRT) <strong>in</strong> transition, Retrieved February 21, 2006, from www.pcug.org.au/wildwood/CNRTPat.htmWar<strong>da</strong>ugh, R. (1998). An <strong>in</strong>troduction to sociol<strong>in</strong>guistics. Oxford: Blackwell.Williams van Kl<strong>in</strong>ken, C. (2002). High registers of Tetum-Dili: Portuguese press and purist priests,Paper presented at the Australian L<strong>in</strong>guistics Society, Retrieved June 22, 2007, from http://www.als.asn.auWorld Bank (2004). <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>: Education s<strong>in</strong>ce <strong>in</strong><strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce. From reconstruction to susta<strong>in</strong>ableimprovement, (Report No. 29784-TP). Human Development Sector Unit East Asia and PacificRegion.World Bank (2007). <strong>Timor</strong>-<strong>Leste</strong>: Economic and social <strong>de</strong>velopment brief., World Bank Group andthe Asian Development Bank <strong>in</strong> consultation with <strong>de</strong>velopment partners.Wright, S. (2004). Language policy and <strong>language</strong> plann<strong>in</strong>g: From nationalism to globalisation.Bas<strong>in</strong>gstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.Yang, K., & Chee, C. (1963). North Korean educational systems: 1945 to present. <strong>The</strong> Ch<strong>in</strong>aQuarterly, 14, 125–140.Youmans, M. (2007). Chicano-Anglo conversations: Truth, honesty and politeness. Mahwah, NJ:Lawrence Erlbaum.

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!